THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


*.  0.  §A»R 


P  E  R  N  I  N  '  S 

UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 


.   THE 


SIMPLEST,   MOST    LEGIBLE   AND    RAPID 
SHORTHAND  METHOD  IN  THE  WORLD 


AND    THE    ONLY 


STRICTLY  PHONETIC,  LIGHT-LINE,  NON-POSITION,  AND 
CONNECTIVE  VOWEL  SYSTEM  IN  USE. 


FOR 
SCHOOLS    AND     SELF-STUDY 


THIRTY-THIRD  EDITION 


1917 

THE   PERNIN   PUBLISHING  COMPANY 
DETROIT,  MICH 


COPYRIGHT,  1886,  BY  H.  M.  PERNIN. 
COPYRIGHT,  1899,  BY  H.  M.  PERNIN. 


COPYRIGHT,  1906, 

BY 
PERNIN  SHORTHAND  INSTITUTE  CC- 


All  rights  reserved. 


PIRMW5'  SrtGRTnflNS  INSTITUTt,  OETR 

EXHIBIT  TEXT-BOOKS. 


"•"ac-Simile   of  Diploma   awarded   the    Pernln    Universal   Phonography 
at  the   World's   Columbian   Exposition. 


facsimile 
of 


Hwarfcefc 

Ipernin's 

^Universal 


PREFACE. 


THE  complete  revision  of  our  Universal  Phonography  has 
been  a  matter  long  contemplated  ;    partly  for  the  pur- 
pose of  incorporating    certain  improvements    which  have 
been  made  from  time  to  time,   and  partly  to  enable  us  to 
c*  rearrange  the  subject  matter  to  conform  to  ideas  suggested 
*[  by  a  long  experience  in  teaching,  and  prepare  new  short- 
>.  hand  plates  throughout  the  book.     Until  the  present  time 
c  such  a  revision  has  been  made  impossible  by  uncontrollable 
29  circumstances,   and  naturally  it  is  with  much  satisfaction 
and  pleasure  that  we  are  now  able  to  present  to  the  public 
a  completely    revised    text,    in  the  preparation   of  which 
t£    neither  time  nor  expense  has  been  spared  in  an  endeavor 
ii     to  produce  the  best  text- book    that  modern  thought  and 
^     modern  workmanship  are  capable  of  producing. 

In  method  of  presentation  this  book  is  completely  re- 
moved from  any  other  shorthand  text-book  heretofore  pub- 
y     lished.     It  will  be  found  distinctive  in  every  feature;  and 
b     we  are  sanguine  that  it  will  be  regarded  by  teachers  and 
students  as  distinctly  modern  and  much  in  advance  of  all 
other  books  of  this  nature.    The  plan  of  dividing  the  prin- 
ciples into  graded  lessons,  and  the  admirable  simplicity  of 
arrangement  which  has  always  been  a  distinctive  feature  of 

(vii) 

448629 


Vlll  PREFACE 

the  Pernin  text-book,  have  been  retained.  Aside  from 
these  general  features,  however,  little  resemblance  in  man- 
ner of  presentation  will  be  found  between  this  and  preceding 
editions.  One  marked  difference  which  will  be  noticed  is 
the  treatment  of  each  principle  individually.  This  enables 
the  student  to  grasp  each  idea,  and  to  learn  to  apply  all 
rules  pertaining  to  each  given  principle  without  a  possibil- 
ity of  confusion,  which  feature  will  naturally  tend  to  lighten 
the  teacher's  work  :  from  this  standpoint  the  value  of  the 
text-book  is  greatly  enhanced.  Instructions  throughout  the 
book  are  given  fully,  illustrations  are  profuse,  and  the  read- 
ing and  writing  exercises  embrace  all  departments  of  short 
hand  work. 

The  changes  introduced,  while  in  no  respect  funda- 
mental, add  much  to  the  speed  possibilities  of  the  system, 
but  at  the  same  time  detract  nothing  from  its  unequaled 
legibility.  These  improvements  are  all  so  simple  and  prac- 
tical that  every  Pernin  writer  can  readily  adopt  them  with 
great  advantage. 

Most  important  among  the  alphabetic  changes  made  are 
the  reversion  of  the  characters  for  a  and  T;  the  substitution 
of  an  elliptical  character  in  place  of  the  circle  and  dot,  for 
ow;  omitting  the  dot  from  /,  ch  ,  making  both  double 
length  characters,  distinguished  from  sh,  zh,  by  a  difference 
in  length;  the  shortening  of  the  strokes  m,  n,  do,  and  ing ; 
the  substitution  of  kr,  gr,  for  krs,  grs ;  the  use  of  the  slur- 
ring principle  in  joining  /,  r;  d,  r ;  and  the  introduction 
of  additional  combined  consonant  strokes  for  sm,  sn,  and 


PREFACE  IX 

sw.  The  reason  for  most  of  these  changes  is  obvious.  Re- 
versing the  natural  position  of  long  a  will,  it  is  believed, 
eliminate  all  possibility  of  the  confusion  which  some  pupils 
seem  to  have  experienced  in  mastering  this  principle. 

We  think  it  is  not  necessary  to  enumerate  the  improve- 
ments to  be  found  in  the  reporting  principles  —  the  sig- 
nificance of  the  various  changes  will  be  appreciated  when 
fully  understood. 

The  Publishers  take  this  opportunity  to  acknowledge 
their  indebtedness,  and  tender  their  hearty  thanks,  to  the 
many  Pernin  teachers  and  writers  from  whom  have  been 
received  valuable  suggestions  for  the  improvement  of  the 
system. 


INTRODUCTION. 


r)HONOGRAPHY  is  derived  from  two  Greek  words  and  signifies 
1  writing  by  sound.  Though  the  art  has  attained  its  present 
excellence  only  in  late  years,  the  idea  of  obviating  the  incon- 
venience of  cumbrous  longhand  writing  is  a  very  old  one.  The 
origin  of  the  Egyptian  hieroglyphics,  a  system  of  figures  and 
symbols,  is  lost  in  the  mists  of  antiquity.  The  ancient  Hebrews 
used  a  system  of  contractions,  the  Greeks  adopted  a  like  method, 
the  Romans  followed  their  example,  and  a  form  of  shorthand  is 
also  said  to  have  been  practiced  in  Ireland  3,000  years  ago.  The 
celebrated  Tiro,  born  a  slave  on  the  estate  of  Cicero,  103  B.  C., 
invented  a  set  of  characters,  which  have  come  down  to  us,  by 
means  of  which  much  of  his  patron's  eloquence  has  been  re- 
corded. Tiro's  system  was  further  developed  after  his  death, 
and  many  of  these  "  note-written  "  manuscripts  which  were 
examined  in  the  twelfth  and  sixteenth  centuries,  possessed  cu- 
rious and  interesting  teatures  for  lovers  of  shorthand  lore.  The 
laborious  students  of  the  Middle  Ages  employed  this  useful  art 
of  shorthand  in  various  ways.  Its  obvious  advantages  were  al- 
ways held  in  high  esteem,  and  at  no  period  of  authentic  history 
do  we  find  its  existence  entirely  ignored. 

MODERN  ENGLISH  SHORTHAND  may  be  said  to  date  from 
a  treatise  of  arbitrary  signs  for  words  published  by  Dr.  Brighte 
during  the  reign  of  Queen  Elizabeth  in  1588.  He  was  in  turn 


INTRODUCTION  xi 

followed,  during  the  next  two  hundred  years,  by  Willis,  Ma- 
son, Rich,  Taylor,  Gurney,  Byron,  Mayors,  and  Lewis.  In  1834, 
phonetic  shorthand  was  invented  in  England  by  Thomas  Town- 
drow,  who  in  that  year,  published  a  treatise  on  the  subject,  and 
two  years  later  published  a  revised  edition  which  was  sold  in 
the  United  States  as  well  as  in  England.  In  1837,  one  year  later, 
Isaac  Pitman,  who  is  erroneously  claimed  to  be  the  inventor  of 
phonetic  shorthand,  published  a  work  upon  the  same  subject ; 
and  from  the  last-named  system,  are  adapted  the  Benn  Pitman, 
Graham,  Munson,  Longley,  Burns,  Marsh,  and  others  at  pres- 
ent in  use  in  this  country.  Pitman  Phonography  was  first 
introduced  into  the  United  States  in  1847. 

The  Pitman  shorthand,  though  greatly  superior  to  the  ear- 
lier systems,  proved  far  from  satisfactory  for  general  use,  and 
it  was  not  until  the  publication  of  Pernin's  Universal  Phonog- 
raphy that  the  general  demand  for  a  simple,  legible,  and  rapid 
shorthand  was  fully  met.  The  Pernin  shorthand  alphabet  is 
based  on  that  of  the  Duployan,  or  Standard  French  Phonog- 
raphy, which  is  so  admirable  in  its  simplicity  and  legibility. 
The  system  was  brought  to  this  country  by  Prof.  Pernin  in  1877. 
and  two  small  editions  of  the  English  adaptation  were  subse- 
quently published,  though  no  effort  was  made  to  introduce 
it  at  that  time.  In  1882,  a  third  edition  was  published,  which, 
while  varying  widely  from  the  original,  retained  the  leading 
points  of  superiority,  which  made  the  system  so  justly  famous. 

The  great  aim  of  the  author  has  been  SIMPLICITY  — 
to  keep  the  mind  free  from  embarrassment  by  employing  the 
smallest  number  of  characters  and  contractions  consistent  with 
legibility  and  rapidity,  and  dividing  the  work  equally  between 
the  head  and  the  hand.  What  are  termed  shading  and  change 
of  position  in  other  methods  are  entirely  dispensed  with  in  this. 
By  shading  is  meant  the  thickening  of  cognate  signs  to  distin- 
guish one  from  the  other,  instead  of  making  them  of  different 
lengths,  as  in  the  Pernin.  Leading  stenographers  admit  that 


Xll  INTRODUCTION 

this  alone  detncts  at  least  25  per  cent  from  rapidity;  besides, 
in  rapid  writing  it  is  impossible  to  shade  accurately,  and  con- 
sequently great  illegibility  is  the  result.  This  unsatisfactory 
expedient  is  employed  in  the  Pitman  system,  and  its  various 
modifications;  these  also  employ  three  positions,  the  signifi 
cation  varying  as  the  word  is  formed  upon  the  line,  above  it, 
or  beneath  it.  Only  the  consonants  of  words  are  combined  ;  the 
vowels,  when  used,  which  is  very  rarely,  are  indicated  by  dots 
and  dashes  placed  outside  the  word,  necessitating  in  both  cases 
a  constant  shifting  of  the  hand  in  writing.  This  naturally  hin- 
ders speed,  while  the  omission  of  the  vowels  greatly  impairs  the 
legibility  of  the  writing. 

However  phonetic  the  systems  of  Pitman  and  his  adapters 
may  appear  to  be  in  theory,  in  practice  they  deviate  widely 
from  the  true  phonetic  principles  which  should  consist  not  only 
in  writing  by  sound,  but  also  in  writing  the  vowel  after  the  con- 
sonant without  raising  the  pen  or  pencil.  As  the  vowels  are 
omitted  in  reporting,  the  consonantal  outline  alone  remains, 
and  as  this  outline  is  often  the  same  for  many  words  of  widely 
different  meaning,  the  reading  is  largely  a  matter  of  guess  work. 
One  reviewer,  a  former  Pitman  writer,  gives  a  list  of  over  100 
words  and  phrases,  all  represented  by  the  same  outline  in  the 
Pitman  shorthand.  This  ambiguous  feature,  together  with 
the  shading  of  consonants  of  the  same  length  and  appearance 
to  indicate  different  signs,  and  many  other  arbitrary  contriv- 
ances, make  the  study  of  such  complicated  systems  not  only  a 
perplexing  and  time-wasting  work,  but  a  brain  exhausting  one 
as  well. 

The  Cross  shorthand  employs  characters  to  represent  let- 
ters instead  of  sounds  as  in  phonography,  and  uses  seven  po- 
sitions in  writing.  It  also  shades  the  following  letter  to  indi- 
cate r,  which,  as  r  is  the  most  frequently  recurring  consonant, 
causes  a  general  shading  of  the  writing.  Lindsley's  Tachigraphy 
is  also  a  shaded  system,  differing  somewhat  from  the  Pitman 


INTRODUCTION  Xlll 

method,  on  which  it  is  based.  It  has  a  partial  connective  vowel 
scale,  but  the  vowels  occasion  so  many  angles  in  combining  with 
the  consonants  that  although  there  is  a  gain  in  legibility  over  the 
Pitman,  there  is  a  decrease  in  speed. 

The  PERNIN  shorthand  possesses  none  of  these  disadvan- 
tages. No  shading  whatever  is  employed  ;  the  vowels  are  repre- 
sented by  small  circles  and  half  circles,  written  in  the  body  of  the 
ivord  in  the  natural  order  in  which  they  occur,  their  formation 
enabling  them  to  be  quickly  united  with  the  consonants  while 
causing  few  angles.  Nothing  can  be  more  simple  or  more  leg- 
ible than  the  principal  manner  of  contracting  in  the  reporting 
style,  by  which  the  leading  part  of  the  word  is  written  and  the 
first  sign  of  the  next  word  placed  in  proximity  to  indicate  the 
balance.  A  few  of  the  most  familiar  and  frequently  recurring 
words  only  are  formed  into  word-signs,  and  these  are  so  full 
and  so  suggestive,  that  they  can  scarcely  be  termed  arbitrary. 
The  writing  is  entirely  lineal  in  the  simple  style,  and  almost 
entirely  so  in  the  reporting,  this  alone  adding  greatly  to  speed 
of  writing,  as  the  use  of  position  requiring  the  constant  raising 
or  dropping  of  the  pen  or  pencil  is  in  itself  a  serious  drawback 
to  rapid  execution.  It  must  not  be  understood  here  that  the 
simple  and  reporting  styles  are  two  distinct  forms  of  writing. 
What  is  called  the  reporting  style  is  only  a  continuation  of  the 
first  five  lessons,  termed,  for  convenience,  The  Simple  Style. 

These  advantages  give  to  the  Pernin  Phonography  a  great 
superiority  over  all  other  methods  of  shorthand ;  and  the  fact 
that  it  can  be  learned  and  used  practically,  in  less  than  ^ne-half 
the  time  it  usually  takes  to  acquire  the  principles  of  other  short- 
hands, explains  the  remarkable  revolution  in  shorthand  writing 
which  has  been  witnessed  during  the  past  two  decades,  dating 
especially  from  the  fourth  edition  of  Pernin's  Universal  Phonog- 
raphy, published  in  1886. 

From  1886  to  the  present  time,  the  system  has  advanced 
with  rapid  strides.  The  intense  popularity  so  quickly  won  by 


INTRODUCTION 


the  Pernin  when  first  presented  to  the  pub'ic  has  constantly  in- 
creased, until  to-day,  this  light-line,  connective  vowel  shorthand 
is  taught  and  written  in  every  country  in  the  world.  The  very 
logical  reason  for  this  stupendous  success  will  be  found  in  the 
statement  made  by  the  President  of  one  of  our  leading  Business 
Colleges  who  well  said  :  "  We  teach  the  Pernin  shorthand  in  our 
college,  because  our  students  learn  it  in  one  -fourth  of  the  time 
they  -would  be  obliged  to  devote  to  the  study  of  other  shorthands 
to  accomplish  a  like  result.  We  know  this  from  our  experience 
in  teaching-  other  systems." 

One  particularly  strong  evidence  that  the  Pernin  shorthand 
is  generally  regarded  as  being  based  on  principles  fundamen- 
tally correct,  has  been  the  appearance  during  the  past  few  years 
of  numerous  light-line,  connective  vowel  shorthand  methods, 
based  on  this  method.  Some  of  these  were  suppressed,  owing 
to  the  flagrant  violation  of  the  copyright  laws,  they  being  almost 
literally  copied  from  the  Pernin  text-book  ;  others  are  still  being 
extensively  advertised.  Such  success  as  these  systems  have 
attained  has,  of  course,  been  due  largely  to  their  imitation  and 
application  of  the  principles  of  the  Pernin;  but  the  alteration 
of  the  names  of  vowels  and  other  signs  and  their  different  appli- 
cation, to  avoid  too  close  a  resemblance  to  this  method,  has  des- 
troyed the  harmony  of  the  principles  existing  in  the  Pernin, 
and,  in  consequence,  neither  the  same  degree  of  simplicity] 
legibility,  nor  speed  is  attainable  in  them  as  in  the  original 
Pernin  shorthand. 

What  may  also,  at  this  time,  be  regarded  as  very  signifi- 
cant, is  the  growing  tolerance  among  Pitmanic  authors  and  writ- 
ers on  the  subject  of  connective  vowels,  and  the  frantic  efforts 
of  the  former  to  simplify  their  cumbrous  and  complicated 
methods  in  an  endeavor  to  meet  the  modern  demand  created  by 
the  Pernin.  One  of  the  best  known  Pitmanic  authors  and 
writers,  Isaac  S.  Dement,  has  frankly  admitted  that  he  is  con- 
vinced that  connective  vowels  are  absolutely  essential  to  com- 


INTRODUCTION  XV 

plete  legibility.  Such  a  statement  from  so  prominent  a  Pit- 
manic  writer,  fully  supporting  a  principle  which  has  proved 
a  bone  of  contention  for  many  years,  cannot  but  have  a  weighty 
influence  in  behalf  of  Pernin's  Universal  Phonography. 

The  following  graphic  expression  of  opinion  from  one  who 
had  used  different  Pitmanic  shorthands  fora  quarter  of  a  century 
so  fully  covers  the  subject  that  we  cannot  refrain  from  giving  it 
a  place  here : — 

The  PERNIN  shorthand  is  firmly  established.  It  is  not 
—  never  was  —  a  mere  experiment.  It  is  here  to  stay.  It  has 
steadily  made  its  way,  by  its  merit  alone,  against  an  active, 
organized  and  unscrupulous  opposition  of  the  Pitman  systems 
and  interests,  until  now  the  PERNIN  is  taught  in  over  a  thousand 
schools  and  colleges,  and  its  writers  are  employed  in  all  kinds 
of  shorthand  work  throughout  the  land  from  sea  to  sea.  The 
PERNIN  system  began  its  existence  in  1886.  The  Pitman  dates 
back  to  1836.  Many  Pitman  writers  have  abandoned  that  system 
and  have  taken  up  the  PERNIN.  I  have  not  heard  of  any  one, 
abandoning  the  PERNIN  to  take  up  the  Pitman,  nor  have  I  heard 
of  any  one  returning  to  the  Pitman  after  leaving  it  for  the  PER- 
NIN. It  is  useless  to  argue  against  prejudice.  There  are  and 
always  will  be  some  people  who  resist  change  and  progress,  as 
there  are  old  ladies  who  prefer  tallow  candles  to  the  electric 
light,  and  there  are  people  who  yet  cling  to  the  antiquated, 
three  position,  heavy  dot  and  light  dot,  heavy  dash  and  light 
dash,  heavy  stroke  and  light  stroke,  and  ten-thousand-word-sign 
system  of  Pitman-Graham-Munsc.i.  In  the  PERNIN  there  are 
no  shades,  no  shadows,  no  positions,  no  arbitrary  word-signs, 
no  "  Logographs,"  no  "  Logograms,"  no  Greek,  and  no 
Geometry,  no  theory  about  lines  of  beauty  and  lines  o{ 
speed,  no  halting  to  insert  dots  and  dashes  of  varying  thick- 
ness, no  "Diphthongal  Glides,"  no  "  Coalescents,"  no  "  fina? 
Hooks,*'  no  "  Nominals."  no  "S*  an  "  ioops,  no  special  iron- 


XVI  INTRODUCTION 

clad  rules,  no  "  Phraseographs,"  no  "  Reporting  Phraseo- 
grams,"  and  no  perplexing  nonsense  whatever.  There  are 
about  thirty  alphabetic  characters,  a  few  combinations  of  three 
characters,  three  forms  for  contracting  long  words,  a  few 
simple  signs  for  prefixes  and  suffixes,  and  the  rest  is  write 
write-write  and  read  every  word  you  have  written,  and  any 
person  so  doing  will  soon  find  himself  a  rapid  writer  and 
reader  of  the  PERNIN  shorthand. 


ADVICE  TO  LEARNERS. 


ON  beginning  the  study  of  phonography,  the  student,  after 
first  procuring  the  necessary  text-books,  must  provide 
himself  with  the  tools  for  working,  viz.,  the  proper  kind  of 
paper  and  pencil.  Reporters'  pads,  consisting  of  unglazed 
paper  with  wide  spaces  between  lines,  and  a  slender  No.  2 
]ead  pencil  with  rubber  tip,  are  the  best  materials  for  prac- 
tice. A  list  of  phonographic  requirements  for  the  use  of 
students  will  be  found  appended  to  the  present  work.  Pen 
and  ink  should  not  be  used  in  learning,  as  they  are  not  so 
convenient  as  pencils ;  besides,  in  the  Pernin  system,  where 
no  shading  is  employed,  no  necessity  exists  for  their  use. 
Stenographers,  as  a  rule,  hold  the  pencil  between  the 
first  and  second  fingers,  keeping  it  in  place  with  the  thumb; 
this  need  not  be  considered  an  arbitrary  position  however, 
the  convenience  of  the  writer  being  consulted  in  that  respect 

(xvii) 


XV111  ADVICE    TO    LEARNKRS 

The  hand  should  be  held  in  a  position  more  nearly  upright 
than  when  writing  longhand,  in  order  that  the  vertical  signs 
may  be  correctly  formed. 

The  alphabet  is  divided  into  five  graded  lessons,  thus 
rendering  the  acquisition  of  the  art  so  easy  that  the  learner 
finds  the  work  a  real  pleasure  from  the  beginning.  By 
thoroughly  fixing  in  the  mind  the  signs  of  one  lesson 
and  their  combination  in  words  before  taking  up  another, 
you  will  find  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  lesson  that  you  have 
thoroughly  mastered  the  fundamental  principles  with  a  few 
hours,  or  at  most  a  few  days'  study,  according  to  your  mental 
aptitude. 

After  the  alphabet  is  learned  in  this  way,  continue  to 
practice  upon  it  at  least  thirty  minutes  each  day  during  the 
entire  term  of  study.  This  is  one  of  the  best  means  of  gain- 
ing speed.  Instead  of  going  over  the  entire  alphabet  at 
once,  write  each  character  contained  in  it  as  many  times 
as  you  can  in  one  minute,  and  continue  this  for  thirty  min- 
utes. You  will  find  your  speed  perceptibly  increased  in  a 
short  time  by  this  practice. 

Trace  the  signs  accurately,  slowly,  and  with  the  same 
degree  of  precision  that  you  would  exercise  in  drawing. 
Do  not  try  to  write  rapidly  in  the  first  lessons,  or  until  you 
can  make  your  signs  readily  and  of  proper  size  and  form. 
Rapidity  will  come  by  practice  and  repetition,  but  if  a 
careless  habit  of  making  the  characters  is  formed  at  the  be- 
ginning, it  will  hinder  your  progress  all  through  the  study. 
Accuracy  is  the  first  essential,  as  the  correct  rendering  of 


ADVICE    TO    LEARNERS  XIX 

your  notes  depends  entirely  upon  it.  It  is  worse  than  use- 
less to  spend  time  in  attempting  to  write  shorthand  rapidly, 
If  through  carelessness  in  tracing  the  signs,  you  are  unable 
to  translate  your  notes  readily.  "Make  haste  slowly"  is  a 
good  motto  for  beginners  in  shorthand. 

Exercises  should  be  first  written,  then  carefully  reviewed, 
and  the  errors  corrected;  after  that  they  should  be  rewritten 
several  times  until  each  word  can  be  formed  without  hes- 
itation. Read  over  e-ich  exercise  from  your  own  notes  un- 
til the  characters  become  familiar  and  are  easily  deciphered. 
The  writing  of  each  day  should  be  carefully  reviewed  and 
read  on  the  following  one,  and  again  some  days  later.  The 
learner  will  thus  acquire  a  ready  familiarity  with  his  notes 
which  can  be  obtained  in  no  other  way,  and  will  be  able  in 
subsequent  lessons  to  avoid  errors  made  in  preceding  ones. 
Knowing  the  difficulty  that  self-taught  students  usually 
encounter  in  learning  to  write  phonetically,  the  lessons 
have  been  arranged  with  a  view  of  overcoming  this  ob- 
stacle as  far  as  possible. 

The  entire  principles  of  the  Pernin  shorthand  are  given 
in  ten  graded  lessons,  which  are  subdivided  for  easier  ac- 
quisition and  to  enable  the  learner  to  become  thoroughly 
grounded  in  one  principle  before  passing  to  the  next.  It 
is  the  desire  of  the  author  that  Pernin  writers  should  attain 
a  high  degree  of  rapidity,  and  to  do  this,  it  is  very  impor- 
tant that  a  thorough  acquirement  of  the  principles  of  the 
system  be  had  before  speed  practice  begins.  When  the 
mind  hesitates  to  recall  a  sign,  a  contraction,  or  a  phrase, 


XX  ADVICE    TO    LEARNERS 

the  fingers  halt,  and  time  is  lost  that  would  have  been  gained 
for  speed  had  each  principle  been  on  the  finger  tips,  so  to 
speak.  To  this  end,  study,  read,  write,  and  review  again 
and  again,  until  shorthand,  like  longhand  writing,  becomes 
largely  a  mechanical  process.  Instruction  in  the  best  and 
quickest  mode  of  obtaining  speed,  when  this  is  accom- 
plished, will  be  found  in  this  text-book  following  the  com- 
pletion of  the  principles,  also  in  the  pages  of  THE  PERNIN 
STENOGRAPHER.  By  following  the  foregoing  advice,  the 
aspirant  to  phonographic  honors  may  justly  hope  for  the 
highest  success. 


PART     I. 


PERNIN'S  PHONOGRAPHIC  ALPHABET. 


CONSONANTS 

VOWELS  AND  COMBINATIONS 

NAME 

SIGN 

PRONOUNCED 

NAME 

SIGN 

PRONOUNCED 

P 

pu     as  in  pay 

a 

O 

as  m  lad 

B 

bu     as  in  bay 

a,  8 

O 

as  m  all,  odd 

K 

/ 

ku    as  in  key 

o 

O 

as  in  old 

/ 

a 

j 

as  in  aid 

G 

/ 

gu     as  in  go 

e 

ji 

as  in  heed 

F 

\ 

\ 

fu     as  in  few 

e 

n 

as  in  head 

V 

\ 

vu     as  in  van 

-j 

c 

as  in  hid 

T 

— 

tu     as  in  too 

7 

/  ' 

as  in  hide 

D 

..__ 

du    as  in  dot 

u 

L/ 

as  in  ftjf 

R 

<; 

fr     as  in  ray 

66,  u 

^-_ 

as  in  look,  up 

L 

^ 

el      as  in  lay 

oo,  w 

r 

as  in  ooze,  will 

M/em» 
\  im 

^ 

''.      /  May 
em    asin   \ri« 

COMBINATIONS. 

N  /?n> 

V 

.      -      (Nat 
en     as  ln   \  men 

an 
um  1 

j 

as  in  man 
/as  in  Tom 

S 

i,  , 

su     as  in  sown 

om  / 

^•* 

\  as  in  hum 

Z 

^ 

zd     as  in  z^ji 

un  I 
on  / 

pf 

I  as  in  gone 
\  as  in  fun 

SH 

"-> 

shu  as  in  show 

These  c 

ombinatic 

ns   are  used  only 

ZH 

^T-N 

zhu  as  in  azure 

when    short    a,    short   o,    or    short    u 

CH 

^r^ 

chu  as  in  r/i<j/ 

precede    m,    n,  —  not    when    the    long 
vowel  sounds  occur. 

J 

*  —  > 

ju     as  in  joke 

H 

hii     as  in  Aa«/ 

DIPHTHONGS. 

TH 

— 

thu  as  in  thin 

ow 

& 

as  in  pout 

NG,  ING 

} 

as  in  hang,  bring 

oi 

£ 

as  in  oil 

Note. — All  shorthand  characters  are  written  downward  or  forward, 
except  those  indicated  otherwise  by  the  arrow. 

3 


INTRODUCTORY  INSTRUCTIONS. 

PROPORTIONS 

Article  I.  The  distinction  between  cognate  signs, 
as  p,  b;  t,  d;  k,  g,  etc.,  is  one  of  length.  This  dis- 
tinction takes  the  place  of  shading— #  source  of  con- 
fusion and  a  hindrance  to  speed— which  is  employed 
in  other  systems.  Fundamentally  but  two  lengths  are 
employed,  the  single  and  the  double;  e.  g.,  p  is  a  short 
stroke,  b  its  cognate  is  twice  as  long;  k  is  short,  g  is 
twice  as  long;  etc.;  but  as  an  aid  to  securing  the  cor- 
rect lengths  of  the  various  alphabetic  signs,  four  defi- 
nite relative  lengths  are  given,  of  which  the  r  stroke, 
about  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  length,  is  taken  as  the 
unit. 

The  student  should  make  constant  reference  to  the 
following  table  until  the  relative  proportions  of  the 
signs  are  well  fixed  in  the  memory. 

1.  f,  p,  w,  t,  th,  m,  n,  an,  om,  on,  do,  u,  kw,  ng,  ing.    The  length 
of  r. 

2.  v,  b,  g,  d,  1,  sm,  st,  sp,  sk,  kr,  sw.    Twice  the  length  of  r. 

3.  sn,  gr,  str,  spr,  skr,  skw.     Three  times  the  length  of  r. 

4.  The  curved  strokes  s,  z;    sh,  zh;  etc.,  are  one  and  one-half 
times  the  length  of  r,  or  about  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch 
long;    u  is  also  about  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch  in  length, 
while  j,  ch,  are  twice  as  long,    i  is  one-half  the  length  of  r. 

From  the  accompanying  diagrams,  the  proper 
slant  of  consonant  stems  and  the  correct  shape  of 
curved  characters  may  be  determined.  /?,  /,  are 
written  at  a  slant  of  25  degrees;  the  slant  of  /,  v, 
k,  g,  should  be  about  40  degrees.  An  exception  is 
made  when  k,  g,  precede  or  follow  r,  /,  when  they 
are  written  at  a  slant  of  75  degrees. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  5 

As  will  be  noted,  m,  n,  an,  s,  sh,  ing,  etc.,  are 
quarter  segments  of  circles,  varying  in  size  according 
to  the  proportionate  lengths  of  the  characters. 


e 


tt*       ^ 

PHONETIC  SPELLING. 

Article  2.  Write  only  the  sounds  of  which  words 
are  composed.  Thus,  for  tough,  write  t  u  f;  through, 
th  r  do;  tffAf,  a  k;  aim,  a  m;  etc.  This  phonetic 
spelling  will  be  ascertained  by  pronouncing  a  word 
very  slowly  and  observing  the  distinct  sounds.  A 
dictionary  having  the  phonetic  spelling  inserted  after 
the  printed  form,  will  prove  helpful  to  beginners. 

Article  3.  Do  not  attempt  to  memorize  the  alpha- 
bet as  a  whole.  A  few  of  the  signs  are  introduced 
in  each  of  the  succeeding  lessons,  until  all  are  learned. 
In  practicing  each  lesson,  observe  the  following  order 
of  study: — 

1.  Write    several    lines   of   each    character,    pro- 
nouncing the  sound  while  tracing  the  sign. 

2.  Translate  the  Reading  Exercise  and  then  copy 
accurately  on  paper. 

3.  Transcribe  the  Writing  Exercise  into  short- 
hand and  compare  with  the  printed  key.     Note  all 
errors  and  rewrite  the  corrected  forms  several  times. 


6  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

LESSON  I. 

CONSONANTS:  PI    ;  B  I    ;K/;G     /. 

VOWELS:  a    o    :  a  or  6    o    ;  6  O    ;  I    /   ;  u    ^  . 

Article  4.  P  and  b  are  vertical  strokes  traced 
downward;  k  and  g  are  oblique  strokes  traced 
downward  from  right  to  left.  The  strokes  for  p,  k, 
should  not  exceed  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  length, 
while  b,  g,  are  made  twice  as  long.  G  has  two 
sounds,  the  hard  sound,  as  in  go,  gap,  which  / 
represents,  and  the  sound  similar  to,  and  represented 
by/,  as  in  gem,  gentle. 

The  circles  for  a,  a  or  o,  o,  increase  in  size  as  the 
vowels  increase  in  broadness  of  sound;  thus  a,  as  in 
bat,  is  the  shortest  in  sound  and  is  represented  by  the 
smallest  circle;  a,  o,  as  in  fall,  pod,  is  a  broader 
sound  and  a  larger  circle;  o  as  in  boat,  is  the  broad- 
est in  sound  and  the  largest  in  size.  For  correct 
sizes  and  proportions  of  circles  refer  to  alphabet, 
page  3 

u  and  7  are  written  almost  like  the  printed  char- 
acters. The  dot  is  seldom  used  on  /except  when  this 
character  stands  alone.  J  is  one-half  the  length  of  r, 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 

and  is  traced  downward  from  right  to  left;  when  it 
precedes  or  follows  k,  g,  a  slight  tick  is  made  to 
separate  the  two;  or,  k,  g,  may  be  dotted;  as  in 
like,  I  i  k  ^7*  ;  tiger,  t  i  g  r  7*  . 

MEMORY  AIDS.  The  pupil  who  desires  to  master 
the  alphabet  quickly  should  impress  the  signs  on  his 
memory  by  mnemonic  helps,  similar  to  those  given 
below.  After  the  signs  are  learned,  there  is,  of 
course,  no  further  need  of  these  aids,  but  consider- 
able time  will  be  saved  in  the  beginning  by  their  use. 


ALPHABETIC  PRACTICE. 

Article  5.  Throughout  the  entire  course  of  study, 
at  least  a  few  minutes  each  day  should  be  devoted 
to  practicing  on  the  alphabetic  characters.  As  it  will 
not  be  possible  to  write  a  full  outline  with  any 
degree  of  facility,  until  the  individual  characters  can 
be  correctly  and  rapidly  formed,  the  importance  of 
such  daily  practice  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized. 

Write  at  least  five  lines  of  each  separate  sign,  and 
then  five  lines  of  the  cognate  signs,  observing  closely 
the  difference  in  length  and  size.  Practice  until  each 
sign  can  be  made  readily  and  accurately,  and  read 
without  effort. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

ILLUSTRATIVE  OUTLINE  OF  ALPHABETIC 
PRACTICE. 


P,   I  I  1  I  I 
B,   I 
P,  B,   I 

K,    ///////// 

G,    ////////////// 

K,G,   //////////// 

a   ooooooooooooooo 

**> 

a,  o,  oooooooooooooo 
6,  OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 
a,  a,  6,  6,   ooOooOooOooOo 
I,      ///'///  /  / 


/  v  '  "  ' 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  <> 

POSITION  OF  VOWELS. 

Article  6.  After  practicing  separately  on  the 
vowels  and  consonants  given  in  Lesson  I.  observe 
that  they  are  joined  in  words  according  to  the  fol- 
lowing diagrams,  |  <x  <s  ^)°  \  that  is,  the  circles  are 
traced  to  the  left  of  the  down  strokes,  at  the  begin- 
ning, middle  and  end  of  words,  except  when  pre- 
ceded by  a  vertical  and  followed  by  a  right  oblique, 
as  in  the  word  pack,  ^>  .  Circles  are  always  traced 
outside  of  angles. 

The  circle  for  a,  o,  represents  not  only  these,  but 
all  approximate  sounds  for  which  no  definite  sign  is 
provided.  It  is  thus  used  in  the  words  far,  fall,  for, 
although  the  vowel  sounds  are  slightly  different. 

Whenever  any  intermediate  sound  occurs,  having 
no  distinct  representation  of  its  own,  the  sign  which 
approximates  most  closely  to  it  is  employed. 

STUDY  OUTLINE. 

Article  7.  Transcribe  Reading  Exercise  I.  with- 
out referring  to  the  Writing  Exercise  except  when 
absolutely  necessary.  Study  each  word  carefully,  and 
note  its  formation  so  that  you  will  readily  recognize 
it  when  you  see  it  again.  Then  cover  the  Reading 
Exercise  and  proceed  with  the  Writing  Exercise. 
When  this  is  completed,  compare  it  with  the  Reading 
Exercise  and  correct  where  necessary.  Write  each 


10  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

corrected  form  at  least  a  dozen  times.  Go  over  Ex- 
ercise 2,  until  you  are  sure  that  you  can  write  each 
word  correctly  and  without  hesitation. 

LINEALITY. 

Article  8.  As  an  aid  to  preserving  lineality  of 
writing  and  securing  correct  proportions  of  charac- 
ters, ruled  paper  should  be  used  by  the  student  in  the 
preparation  of  lessons.  The  initial  or  first  up  stroke 
in  each  word  should  begin  on  the  line,  and  the  first 
down  stroke  should  rest  on  the  line.  If  a  circle  or  a 
horizontal  stroke  precedes  the  first  down  stroke,  the 
down  stroke  rests  on  the  line.  When  a  circle  pre- 
cedes the  up  stroke  or  follows  the  down  stroke,  trace 
it  beneath  the  line.  For  illustrations  note  the  fol- 
lowing: 


EXERCISE  1. 


-~)o~-« 9. J..  ..^...9 

— *-•-- -J- /--"°  - 


Constant  care  must  be  exercised  by  the  student  to 
keep  the  shorthand  characters  as  small  as  they  should 
be  written.  The  short  stroke  should  be  made  with 
the  "tick"  movement  used  in  forming  the  short  stroke 
of  a  check  mark  (  v/  ),  rather  than  with  a  stroke 
movement. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  11 

EXERCISE  2. 

Cap  pack  cab  cob  caw  paw  gap  gag  back 
kap  pak  kab  kob  kq  pa  gap  vag  bSk 
Balk  bog  beau  eye  poke  ope  cope  oak  coke 
bqk  bog  bo  f  pok  op  kop  ok  kok 
You  pew  cue  Cuba  pie  pike  buy  Ike  guy  bike 
u  pu  ku  kubq  pi  ptk  bt  Ik  gt  btk 

WORD  SIGNS. 

It  is  found  by  experience  that  learners  are  fre- 
quently confused  by  being  obliged  to  write  such 
simple  words  as  the,  for,  of,  all,  etc.  in  full  during 
the  first  few  lessons,  only  to  unlearn  these  forms 
when  the  word  signs  are  reached.  For  this  reason 
a  few  of  the  simplest  word  signs,  most  of  which  are 
represented  by  alphabetic  characters,  are  presented  in 
each  of  the  first  five  lessons.  Those  introduced  here 
are  represented  by  the  signs  already  learned. 

a,  at  o        you  (/  could,  quite     / 

all  o       we  /)  go,  good 

owe,  own    O       put  I  be,  but,  book 

REVIEW 

Name  the  vertical  stems;  the  oblique. 

What  proportion  does  p  bear  to  4?  k  to  g? 

Which  signs  are  traced  down  from  right  to  left?  Name  the  vowel  circles. 
How  are  they  distinguished?  When  should  the  circles  be  traced  to  the  left 
in  joining  with  stems?  When  to  the  right?  What  sounds  do  the  vowels 
q,  8,  represent?  Give  examples.  How  long  are  the  strokes  t,  f,  p,  k? 
What  is  the  shortest  down  stroke?  How  is  i  joined  to  steins  traced  in  the 
same  direction?  When  must  it  be  dotted?  What  proportion  does  i  bear 
to  r\ 


11  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

LESSON  II 

CONSONANTS:  T  -    D — ;  F  x  v  \  ;R  -~  L- — • 

H    .     TH     -±- 
VOWELS:  oo,  w    r   ;  do,  u     v_ 

Article  9.  T  and  d  are  horizontal  strokes  traced 
forward;  /  and  v  are  oblique  strokes  traced  down- 
ward from  left  to  right;  r  and  /  are  always  traced  up 
and  thus  distinguished  from  the  down  strokes  k  and 
g.  The  aspirate  h  is  represented  by  a  dot,  but  when 
h  occurs  in  the  middle  of  a  word,  the  dot  is  omitted. 
It  may  also  be  omitted  generally  by  advanced  writers, 
unless  its  use  is  demanded  for  legibility.  Th  is  repre- 
sented by  the  t  sign  with  the  h  dot  above  it. 

MEMORY  AIDS.  These  consonant  signs  can  read- 
ily be  fixed  in  the  memory  by  associating  them  with 
the  following  diagrams: 


It  will  be  noted  that  /  is  represented  by  the  hori- 
zontal stroke  of  the  letter  t.  F,  v,  are  represented 
by  the  down  stroke  of  the  letter  V,  while  the  up  stroke 
of  the  same  letter  represents  r,  /. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  13 

ALPHABETIC  PRACTICE. 
(See 'Article  5.) 


T, 


D,      — 


F,     \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\N 


oo,  w;  oo,  u,      r 


14  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

Article  10.  The  combination  wh,  as  in  the  words 
what,  when,  etc.,  is  phonetically  hw,  and  hence  these 
words  are  written  in  shorthand,  h  oo  a  t,  h  oo  en. 
Proper  names  are  underscored  by  a  dash  - 
The  period  is  represented  by  the  sign  x  .  (For  ad- 
ditional punctuation  marks,  see  page  113.)  When 
cognates,  such  as  t,  d;  I,  r;  etc.,  follow  each  other, 
they  are  separated  by  a  slight  tick;  thus,  td,  ted 
-, —  ,  Ir  —~~~  .  When  ted  or  ded  occur,  e  may 
be  omitted  and  a  lengthened  ^/written.  (See  Art.  31). 

Article  n.     The  rule  for  uniting  medial  circles  is: 
Trace  the  circle  outside  of  the  angle;  thus,  bat,     J- 
pack  ^     ,  cat   a/L    ,  caff   ^    ,  tack  -f    ,  tall  —^ 

T  —    ,  D ,  TH  -s- 

Article  12.  In  joining  circles  to  the  horizontals 
ti  d,  and  th,  observe  the  following  diagram:  o-° — ° 
Trace  the  circles  below  horizontals  at  the  beginning 
of  words;  above  at  the  middle;  and  above  at  the  end 
of  words,  except  before  the  up  strokes  r  and  /;  as  in 
add,  &  d  o —  ;  talk,  t  a  k  -f>  ;  dough,  d  o  — Q 
tall,  t  a  1  -^  . 

Article  13.     Initial  and  final  circles  are  traced   to 
the  left  of/,  v,  thus:    "V    .     Examples:  afar,  afar 
°V     ;  over,  o  v  r  ^N/     ;  foe,  f  o      £> 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  ,,. 

EXERCISE  3. 

I    -T°  L    "T    v-     '-¥.<*- 

G~  o —  b '          C/ 

V     JP 


~0-  o-        o_      ^L.      <>v_    °^^~     LSL         -_CL_ 

O 

EXERCISE  4. 

Top  bought  dock  bad  tab  fad  tack  code 
top  hot  dok  bad  tab  fad  tak  kod 

Got  vote  fought  caught  dog  pod  vat  tow 
got  vot  fot  kat  dog  pod  vat  to 
Taught  ought  dot  boat  aft  afloat  bravo 

tat  ot  dot  botaft  aflot  bravo 
R  —  ,  L  ^^  . 

Article   14.      In  joining  circles   to  the  up  strokes 
r  and  /,  observe  the  following  diagram:     c-0—"' 
Trace  the  circles  to  the  right  of  up  strokes  at  the 
beginning,  and  to  the-  left  in  the  middle,  and  at  the 
end  of  words;  as,  or,  or,     tf   ;  roll,  r  o  1    S^ 
/ow,  1  o    „ — ^ 

EXERCISE  5. 

p   ,p  -tf.  ^  &~  ^'  <p   -f 


-f 


16  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


EXERCISE  6. 

Row 

rope 

tore 

lap 

roll 

par 

rap 

r  0 

r  5  p 

/  or 

lap 

rol 

par 

rap 

Trap 

pour 

rogue 

wrote 

door 

rove 

fault 

trap 

par 

rog 

rot 

dor 

rov 

fait 

Laugh     lope       low         broad       old       oar       road 
laf      lop       Id          brad     old      or       rod 

OMISSION  OF  R. 

Article  15.  As  conducive  to  speed,  the  sign  for 
r  may  be  omitted  after  circles,  and  the  omission  indi- 
cated by  tracing  the  circles  in  a  reverse  position  to 
that  in  which  they  would  ordinarily  be  written  if 
the  r  did  not  occur;  thus  lord  is  written 
torn  ~^  ;  being  distinguished  from  laud 
and  tone  — £  ;  by  the  position  of  the  circles.  When 
r  occurs  between  two  circles  it  may  not  be  omitted. 
As  a  final  stroke,  thera  is  frequently  nothing  gained 
by  the  omission  of  r,  especially  after  t,  d,  f,  v,  b, 
do,  and  m.. 

EXERCISE  7. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


EXERCISE  8. 

Ford 

roared 

port 

card 

dark 

tart 

ford 

rord 

port 

k  a  r  d 

dark 

tart 

Lard 

part 

bard 

heart 

ark 

lark 

lard 

part 

bard 

hart 

ark 

lark 

Fort 

dart 

harp 

cored 

car 

roar 

fort 

dart 

h  a  r  p 

ko  r  d 

k  a  r 

ror 

oo,  w    r  ,  oo,  u   v. . 

Article  1 6.  oo,  w,  is  a  quarter  circle  traced  down- 
ward from  right  to  left,  the  concave  opening  to  the 
right.  It  is  the  length  of  r. 

00,  «,  is  a  curved  stroke  traced  downward  from 
left  to  right,  the  concave  opening  upward,  Its  length 
is  one  and  one-half  times  that  of  r.  The  slant  of  the 
00,  #,  stroke  is  about  20  degrees. 

EXERCISE  9. 


<f~      <f-  6- 

EXERCISE  10. 

Tough       food         root          fool  rubber 

/«/          food      root       fool  rubr 

Loot          walk       waddle       loop  roof 


1 


rue 
r  oo 


crude 


I  oo 


wak     wadl       loop     roof        krood 


18  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

Proof  pool  tour  brood  dull  luck 

proof  pool  t  oo  r  b  r  ob  d  d  u  I  I  u  k 

Brook  wall  war  ward  boot  gull 

b  r  ob  k  w  a  I  war  ward  b  oo  t  gul 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

1.  Ope,  oak,  ochre,  ogre,  ought,  oat,  ode,  Ida,  Poe, 
beau,  cope,  gap. 

2.  Ruth,   toe,  dough,  throw,   awe,   law,   row,   few, 
vote,  pack,  ball,  bold,  gag. 

3.  Tack,  tall,  tool,  toll,  cull,  gull,  tap,  top,  dope, 
dole,  door,  hole. 

4.  Hoard,  board,  bard,  card,  core,  cry,  guy,  fry,  fie, 
vie,  pie,  tie,  die. 

5.  Part,  parted,  pirate,  taller,  woe,  wall,  wag,  walk, 
wore,  wool,  wad. 

6.  Why,  wire,  wile,  wipe,  wide,  bite,  ride,  type,  fire. 

WORD  SIGNS 

do  who  /""       (to 

[the 

°f>as  \with 

for,  full       \         very  \       \thing 

These  word  signs  are  frequently  phrased  to   ad- 
vantage; as,  for-the  \_ ,  to-the     — —     ,  of -the  >- — 
etc.     The  is  never  joined  initially  to  the  word  fol- 
lowing, and  is  thus  distinguished  from  to  which    is 
joined  to  the  word  following  whenever  convenisnt. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  19 

EXERCISE    11. 


j.      r      -    v    ?     2. 


«   J.    /!         o    _o_ 


J_  ,• 


<, 


\     ^  .6. 


/    -         ?  /   /  —    ^ 


L-*'  j—  j'  o    L-/  .o-  , 

J-     o    \     /      I      \     °\       o 

^  ^_  ,.     v_  ^_  J.  _  L 

^     \      O     .      21.    />  '°\    /- 
'See  page  4.-. 


i  JL  _ 

•  f  <* 

£•        O 
J-      -      J*. 

I*  <t 

^      O      O 


20.    t>     / 


20 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


EXERCISE  12. 


IO. 


II 


12 


We 

* 


are 
a  r 


to 
* 


do 
* 


good. 
* 

wall. 
oo  a  I 


book. 
* 


6. 


7- 


all     taught 

*       /  a  t 

A     ripe     apple     grew     by     the 
*     rip     a  p  I    gr  ob    bi      * 
Who     are     you?     Claude,    wrote 

a  r       *         k  I  a  d      rot 
Go     to     the     hall     door     for 
*      *        *       ha/    dor     * 
Why     do     you     laugh     at 
*        *         Iqf       * 
you     follow     the 

*  folo      * 
taught     Poll     the 

tat       po  I     * 
the    ball     right    back    to    us,     Paul. 

*  bqlrtt.bak*       *        pal 
brought     a     gold       dollar     for     Ida. 

brot  *  gold  dolr  *  Tdq 
Ruth  and  Flora  go  to  Cuba? 
rob  th  *  flora  *  *  kubq 
dog  Fido  tried  to  bite  the  lad. 
dogffdotrTd  *  bit  *  lad 
brought  a  cup  quite  full  of  cold 

brot       *     kup     *          *        *  kold 
the     doctor. 

*  doktr 


h  oo  i 

Could 
* 

Dora 
do  r  a 
Throw 
th  ro 
Hal 
hal 

Do 
* 

The 

* 

Bob 
b  o  b 

water     for 
oo  a  t  r    * 


Clara. 
k  I  a  r  a 
the  .  doctor? 
*       doktr 
orator,     Harold? 
o r  a  t  r     h  a  r  o  I  d 
parrot     to     talk 
par  tit    *      tqk 
back    to    us, 
b  a  k    *      * 
dollar     for 
dolr       * 


Note. — The  asterisk  (*)  represents  a  word-sign. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  21 

13.  Carl    wore  a     blue     coat  and  a     black     hat. 
karlooor  *     blu    kot  *  *     blak   hat 

14.  Robert     go  for     the    flat  boat  and     float     to 
robrt      *       *        *     flat  bot  *      fl5t    * 

the     dock. 
*      d  6  k 


REVIEW. 

Name  the  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  Lesson  IT.  Which  are  the 
up  strokes?  Name  the  horizontals.  Name  the  vowels  given.  In  what 
position  are  circles  traced  at  the  beginning  of  words,  when  followed 
by  t,  d?  At  the  middle  and  end?  Make  a  diagram.  In  what  position 
are  circles  joined  to  up  strokes  1,  r,  at  the  beginning  of  words?  How 
at  the  middle  and  at  the  end?  Illustrate  by  diagram.  What  conso- 
nant sign  is  usually  omitted  after  circles?  How  are  the  circles  traced 
to  indicate  the  omission  of  r?  Wheri  is  r  retained?  What  is  a  word- 
sign?  Wiite  the  simple  word-signs  found  in  Lesson  II.  What  simple 
words  may  be  joined? 


22  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 

LESSON  III. 

CONSONANTS:  M  ->  N  ^  . 

VOWELS:  a=>,eu,er>,Tc. 

Af,  M,  are  small  quarter  circles  traced  downward 
from  left  to  right,  the  concave  of  m  opening  to  the 
left,  and  that  of  n  to  the  right. 

The  characters  representing  the  vowels  treated  in 
the  present  lesson  are  named  the  SMALL  HALF  CIR- 
CLES, in  distinction  from  the  circles  representing  a, 
a  and  0.  In  joining  these  signs  to  others  in  words, 
they  should  be  traced  so  as  to  avoid  angles  as  far  as 
possible,  while  retaining  the  general  position  of  the 
sign.  To  this  end  they  can  frequently  be  written  so 
as  to  form  part  of  the  preceding  or  following  sign. 
Thus:  bit  J_  ,  red  /-  —  ,feet  V—  ,fate  \_  , 
pepper  ^ 

MEMORY  AIDS.  To  assist  in  memorizing  the  signs 
in  the  present  lesson,  the  following  will  be  found 
suggestive:  — 


WORD  SIGNS 

Agent     3     ;  error     n     ;  he     ^     ;  his,  is     c     ;  yet 
yes  on    ;  much,  more,  meant  ~\    ;  no,  know,  not.  v.    . 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  23 

ALPHABETIC  PRACTICE  (See  Article  5). 


M,      ^^ 

N,     v  v. 

M,  N,    ^ 


a,  i, 


M     ^       ,   N      V. 

Article  17.  The  circles  are  traced  inside  the 
curve  of  m,  except  when  followed  by  the  back 
strokes  k,  g,  oo,  t.  The  circles  are  traced  outside 
the  curve  of  n  when  followed  by  t,  d,  r,  /,  sh,  j,  and 
inside  when  followed  by  all  other  signs.  Initial  and 
final  circles  are  traced  inside  of  the  curves  m,  n. 


24 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 


EXERCISE  13. 


Jo 

r 
&— 


>3 


EXERCISE  14 


Loan 
I  $  n 
Lamp 
lamp 

Mud 

moon 
m  oo  n 
camp 
ka  m  p 
lawn 
Ian 

note 
not 
pawn 
pan 
nap 
n  a  p 

LONG  a 


knoll        mood 

»  0  /         m  oo  d 

pine      tune      nude 

/>7»       /##      »#W 

noon         foam 

«  00  /*        /o  w 

SHORT  /   c   • 


room 

r  oo  m 

comb 

kom 

moan 

won 


Article  18  Long  a  is  a  small  half  circle  which  in  its  natural  position 
opens  to  the  left 

Short  i  is  a  small  half  circle  which  in  its  natural  position  opens  to  the 
right.  The  positions  of  these  two  signs  are  to  an  exKTit  interchangeable, 
although  each  always  retains  a  relatively  distinct  position,  reverse  from  the 
other,  thus: 

a  £p" 

Initial   

/  "^ 

RULES. 

I .     As  an  initial  stroke,  long  a  is  written  above  or 
to  the  right  of  the  following  character,  thus: 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  25 

2      As  an  initial  stroke  short  /  is  written  below  or 
to  the  left  of  the  following  character,  thus: 


3.  In  the  middle  of  words  both  long  a  and  short 
/  invariably  take  their  natural  positions  —  long  a  open- 

ing to  the  left  -f  ->-  -^  -?.  -^  -*-  ^-"  7   and  short  / 
to  the  right   -^  -*_  -^  -^  -^~.  v-  —  ^  -^ 

When  long  a  occurs  medially  it  may  be  traced 
either  above  or  below  the  preceding  sign.  Medial 
short  /  on  the  contrary,  is  always  traced  downward. 
Between  two  characters  traced  downward  long  a  is 
traced  with  a  single  stroke  to  the  left;  as  J//\?p  . 

4  As  a.  final  stroke  long  a  takes  the  same  relative 
positions  as.  do  the  final  circles;  as, 


Exceptions  to  Rule  4  When  final  a  follows  00, 
w;  on,  tin;  sk,  skry  or  sw,  the  stroke  is  reversed 
from  the  positions  of  the  final  circles,  as  /-  r>  ^  y^. 

5.  As  a  final  stroke  short  /  is  traced  in  reversed 
positions  to  those  of  final  circles;  thus, 


After  down  strokes  short  /  (or  y)  is  frequently 
given  the  form  of  long  e  to  avoid  an  angle  (See  Art. 
20)  If  legibility  requires  an  accurate  distinction,  as 


26  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 

in  a  proper  name,  the  final  short  /  is  written  in  its 
natural  position  opening  to  the  right. 

Exceptions  to  Rule  5.  When  final  t  follows  00, 
w;  on,  un;  sk,  skr,  sw,  it  is  given  the  position  of 
final  circles;  as,  £  /°  /^f> 

Note  that  long  a  and  short  /  both  initially  and 
finally,  are  always  traced  in  reversed  positions. 
When  a  is  traced  above  the  preceding  or  following 
sign,  T  is  traced  below;  if  a  is  traced  to  the  left  or 
right,  T  is  written  in  the  reverse  position. 

EXERCISE  is. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


27 


EXERCISE  16. 


I.     Ape       able       ague       eight       aid       ale 


a  p        a  b I      a  gu 
Pay     bay     gay     fay 
p  a       b  d      g  a      fa 
Affray      array     clay  . 
a  f r  a      a  r  a       k  I  a 
Babe      cape      paper 


at         ad 

away     lay 

a  w  d     la 

hay     decay 

h  d      d  k  d 

fate      late 


aim 

a  I  dm 

pray  day 

pr  d  d  d 

nay  may 

n  a  ma 

date  tale 


I. 


bab      kap     papr   fat      lat      ddt     tal 

SHORT  /'. 

Ill       illude       if       it       fit       tip  lid      middle 

Tl      Ylud      Tf     Yt     fTt    t  T  p  lid     mTdl 

2.     Dipper      rip      milk      pit      lily  Harry      folly 

dfpr      rTp    mTlkpTt  ITli  harT  foil 

LONG  e    u   ,  SHORT  e    n 

Article  19.  Long  e,  as  in  eel,  eat,  deep,  free,  is 
represented  by  a  small  half  circle  opening  upward. 
Short  e,  as  in  ebb,  wept,  wet,  pet,  is  a  similar  small 
half  circle  traced  in  the  reverse  position — opening 
downward.  These  half  circles,  as  well  as  a  and  /, 
are  usually  written  so  as  to  form  a  part  of  the  pre- 
ceding or  following  sign,  to  avoid  angles  and  increase 
rapidity  of  execution, — the  opening  upward  and 
downward,  respectively,  •  always  being  retained. 

Thus,  eel  is  written  ^/  ,  not  i/^;  feed        \, , 

not  \, —  ;  tear  —^    ,  not   — ^  ;  peck      ^      not    L. 
wreck    /?      ,  not    ^7 


28  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

Between  two  horizontal  strokes,  or  between  a  hori- 
zontal and  an  up  stroke,  short  e  is  sometimes  written 
as  a  half  stroke,  (  K  )  to  avoid  an  angle;  as  in 
there  -K--  ,  debt  -~^~  .  When  so  written,  care 
should  be  taken  not  to  turn  the  e  stroke  backward. 

EXERCISE  17. 


EXERCISE  18. 

1.  Eat      eel      eagle      ear      edict      eve      evil      eke 
et       el      egl      er     edkt    ev      evl     ek 

2.  Lead       feed       peep       feel       beat       thief      leaf 
led       fed     pep     fel     bet     thef  lef 

3.  League       Peter       treat       deep       teeth       bleak 
leg          petr     tret      dep      t  e  th      blek 

\.     Bee      kee      fee      tea      tree      glee    agree      levee 
be      ke     fe      te      tre    gle    agre    leve 

EXERCISE  19. 

1  — -       L.       L     ^-    c.      __ 

f      L    ^ 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  29 

EXERCISE  20. 

I      Echo          elk          eddy        edify  elf            ebb 

e  k  o          Z  I  k       e  di      edifi  elf           e  b 

2.  Depth        terror       wept        fillet  beck       met 
depth      terr      wept    fflet  bek     met 

3.  Let        pet        get        fret        wet  debt       tepid 
let      p  g  t     get    fret     wet  det   tepid 

Y  as  a  VOWEL. 

Article  20.  As  the  sound  of  y  changes  with  its 
position  in  a  word,  it  is  always  written  according  to 
the  sound  heard,  (except  after  down  strokes,  when 
a  slight  variation  is  made  from  short  /  to  long  e  to 
avoid  an  angle).  Thus  :  happy,  hape  '\  ; 
heavy,  heve'c\J  .  Initial  y  has  the  sound  of 
long  e  and  is  so  written;  as,  yacht,  e  a  t  s_  ;  yet, 
e  e  t  •  v^_  .  At  the  end  of  words  of  one  syllable,  y 
has  the  sound  of  long  /;  as  in  pry,  p  rT  l^  ;  buy, 
b  I  .At  the  end  of  words  of  two  or  more  sylla- 

bles, y  usually  has  the  sound  of  short  /  and  takes  the 
form  of  final  /  thus;  folly,  foil  V""^  5  ready, 
redT.  ^  —  >  '(See  Art.  18).  When  y  is  preceded  by 
short  o  in  a  word,  it  forms  the  diphthong  oi,  thus; 
boy,  b  oi  j,  ;  coy,  k  oi  </  ;  etc.  (See  Art.  26) 

EXERCISE  21. 


'X    1 


30  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHS 

EXERCISE  22. 


-f 


3.  — 

6.  - 

8.  x>- 

10.  ^- 

11.  o 
12. 

13.  ^- 

14.  ,- 


J 


o 


—   9 


-f 


*Word  sign.  See  p.  42. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY  31 

EXERCISE  23. 

Why      do     you      weep?      Did      you      hear     the 
h  oo  7  *       oo  e  p       d  d        *       her       * 

echo      at      the      top      of      the      hill?     The     editor 
eko       *        *      fop     *        *      hilt      *     editr 
wrote      daily      for      the      paper.      The  thief     fled 
rot     dali      *         *      papr        *    th^f  fled 
for     terror     at     the     cry     of     the     girl.     Lave    the 

*  t  e  r r      *      *      krT    *       *      grl.lfiv      * 
top       of       the       head       with       cold       water,       it 
top      *         *        tied         *         kuld    oo  a  t  r,    ft 
will     allay     the    fever.    He    will    be    very    late    or 
w I     a  I  a       *     fevr     *      wl      *       *       I  a t   or 
away      all      day.      Did      the     cap      fit      the     little 
a  So  a      *       da        dd .      *      kap  fit     *     lit  I 
fellow ?       We       have       heard      of      the      electric 

/ e  1 0"?  *  hav  herd  *  *  elektrlk 
eel  but  are  all  afraid  of  it.  The  lady  walked 
e  I  *  a  r  *  a f  r  a  d  *  r  t.  *ladTodqkd 
a  league.  Harry  feared  the  boat  would  ve^r 
*  /eg  harT  ferd  *  hot  wd  ver 
to  the  left.  You  will  yet  be  told  to  yield. 

*  *     left.     *        wl      *        *     told    *  Zeld. 
A      dark      red      oak      leaf      fell      by      the     rock. 

*  d  (j(r}k  red     Wk      le~f    fel     bl        *       r  o  k. 
The      tree      grew     at      the      top      of      the       hill. 

/  r  c    g  r  oo      *         *       top      *  h  i  I. 

*VVord  signs 


)2  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

League,  leave,  key,  ape,  adieu,  dial,  obey,  peep,  lee, 
veto,  berry,  carry,  rake,  aright,  relay,  Aurora,  break, 
aisle,  duty,  grief,  wait,  tired,  appear,  later,  way,  fall, 
deck,  light,  fiery,  play,  plea,  live,  plight,  rear,  wife, 
week,  weep,  wick,  fear,  heard,  bowl,  fewer,  plague, 
rattle,  leak,  date,  halt,  wharf,  plot,  wrought,  wild, 
debt,  mottled,  goat,  port,  court,  lark,  tart. 

REVIEW. 

Name  the  small  half  circles  given  in  Lesson  III.  Illustrate  them.  How 
should  these  half  circles  be  joined  to  consonant  stems?  When  may  e  and  i 
be  omitted?  Give  examples.  With  what  motion  is  a  always  traced?  How 
is  initial  a  distinguished  from  initial  i  when  followed  by/,  /,  m,  sh,  etc?  What 
position  does  final  a  take?  Final  i?  How  are  they  distinguished?  Why  is 
the  natural  position  of  a  sometimes  changed?  Does  y  always  ha  e  the  same 
sound?  Give  examples  of  its  different  sounds?  Write  y  as  an  initial.  What 
position  are  initial  and  final  circles  given  when  joined  to  m,  n?  Circles  are 
traced  outside  of  n  when  followed  by  what  signs?  When  are  the  circles 
traced  outside  the  curve  of  m?  When  inside?  When  are  they  traced  inside 
the  curve  of  n? 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  33 

LESSON  IV. 

CONSONANTS:  s,  z   ^   ;  SH,  ZH    ^  ;J,  CH^ — ^ 
DIPHTHONGS:  ow    &  ;  01   & 
NASALS:  NG,  ING  ) 

S,  z;  sh,  zh;  j,  ch;  are  horizontal  curves  traced 
from  left  to  right,  the  concaves  of  s,  z,  opening  up- 
ward, and  those  of  jA,  zh,  j,  ch;  opening  downward. 
S,  z;  sh,  zh;  are  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch  in 
length,  while/,  ch,  is  twice  as  long. 

The  vowel  circles  and  ow  are  always  written  inside 
of  curved  signs  at  the  beginning  and  end  of  words. 

The  sounds  of  s,  z;  sh,  zh;  j,  ch;  are  so  nearly 
alike,  and  the  difference  is  so  easily  determined  by 
context  that  but  ene  sign  is  used  for  each  pair  of 
cognates,  thus  eliminating  the  dot  which  distinguishes 
them.  Should  any  case  arise,  however,  where  legi- 
bility might  demand  a  distinction  the  respective  signs 
given  in  the  alphabet  should  be  employed. 

ALPHABETIC  PRACTICE. 

At  least  twenty  minutes  daily  should  be  devoted 
to  practicing  on  the  alphabetic  signs  already  learned. 
Follow  the  outline  given  in  preceding  lessons  (see 
Article  5.) 


34  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

S,   Z,   0,     . 

Article  22.  Write  the  circles  inside  the  curve  of 
s,  z,  initially  and  finally;  and  also  medially  when 
followed  by  all  signs  except  sh,  zh;  j,  ch.  Examples: 
as,  a  s  s-'  ;  pass,  pas  ^  ;  sat,  sat  ^9-  ;  soap 
s  o  p  ^  ;  house,  h  ow  s  -g^  ;  south,  s  ow  th  ^^^  ; 
sash,  sash  -^r^  ;  satchel,  sachl^<5  -  -";  sail, 
sal  ^-f^  ;  seine  ,  s  a  n  ^^  ;  ease,  ez  ^-^  ;  peas, 
pez  ~L^  ;  case,  kas  ^ 

For  the  sake  of  brevity,  final  s  may  be  indicated 
by  a  dot  on  the  end  of  the  preceding  sign. 

EXERCISE  24. 


L,      <wl_      <*-?      N-Q^"    -^ 
•£,      rU    — &       iQs       -^ 


SH,  ZH    ' — •       ;  J,  CH . 

Article  23.  Write  the  circle  and  diphthong  ow 
outside  of  sh,  zh,  j,  ch,  when  followed  by  />,  b,  k, 
g,  n,  do,  and  inside  these  curves  when  followed  by  all 
other  signs.  Examples:  sham,  sh  a" m  ^  ;  ash, 
a  sh  c^  ;shot,  shot  ^5-  ;chap,  ch  ap^~^> ; 
shabby,  sh  n  b  e  ^P  ;  shack,  sh  a  k  ^7°  ;  shown,  sh  on 
<--£>  ;  shoal,  sh  o  I  -^f  ;  joke,  j  o  k  ^~~/D  ;  age,  a  j 
<-<- — >  ;  teach,  t  e  c  h  -^. — N  ;  major,  majr  "> — «-^  • 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 
EXERCISE  25. 


NASAL  NG,  ING 

Article  24.  TVg",  /«^,  are  represented  by  a  curved 
stroke,  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  length,  traced  down- 
ward, the  concave  opening  to  the  left.  This  sign 
represents  the  nasal  sound  of  //,  as  in  bank,  b  a  ng  k 

J)    ;  plank,  p  I  a  ng  k    L—  -R  as  well  as  ng,  ing.     Other 
examples  are:  long,  /  o  ng  —^  ,    hang,  hang    '°) 
sank,  s  a  ng  k  ^  ;  prong,  p  r  o  ng    L-R     ;rank,  r  a  ng  k\ 

-^  ;  bring,  bring  V^  \  fling,  fling  ^*^)',  anchor, 
angkr  ^  ;  sing,  sing  ^  ;  angle,  a  ng  g  I 

EXERCISE  26 


36  PERMN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 

DIPHTHONGS  ow   <?  ;  01  <?   . 

Article  25.  Ow  is  elliptical  in  form,  and  is  aboui 
the  length  of  r.  The  rules  which  govern  the  tracing 
of  circles  apply  also  to  ow  except  after  sk.  The  slant 
of  this  character  should  generally  conform  to  that  of 
the  one  following,  rather  than  to  the  one  preceding; 
thus,  pout  c^u  ,  south  ^-^  ;  mouth  ^-  ;  rout  c^-  ; 
fowl  ^^ ' 

Article  26.  The  sign  G  is  strictly  a  combination 
of  its  two  phonetic  elements,  o  i.  While  oi  may  be 
reversed  to  avoid  angles,  and  the  curve  traced  in  the 
direction  of  the  following  sign,  it  is  usually  traced 
in  its  natural  position.  Thus  write  boy  J,  ;boii 
\^  ;  loiter  _— «-^  The  circle  d>  in  this  sign  is 
always  written  first 

EXERCISE  27 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 


37 


EXERCISE  28. 

Oil          oily         owl          hourly         boil          coil 
Of  I        ot  I  i        ow  I        ow  r  1  i         b  oi  I       k  oi  I 
Loiter        royal        broil        avoid        devoid    foil 
/  oi  t  r       r  oi  I      b  r  oi  I     a  v  oi  d  d  e  v  oi  d  f  oi  I 
Pout        gout        fowl        towel        doubt         lout 
p  ow  t    g  ow  t    f  ow  I     fowl       d  ow  t       I  ow  J 
Alloy    boy     cloy    coy    decoy    Roy    toy      Troy 
a  I  oi    b  oi    k  I  oi  k  oi     d  e  k  oi  R  ot  t  ot      T  r  oi 
Allow       avow       bough       plough       brow      row 
a  I  ow     a  v  ow     b  ow         p  I  ow      b  r  ow     r  ow 


ADDITIONAL  WORD  SIGNS 


so,  such   v_x    soon,  some  ^_^  out,  (h)  our,  how 

(ju  ge     ^^    which,  just    —  should,  sure 
(  church 

EXERCISE  29. 

^^~  ^ 


T 


-  x.  n 


a 


^   ^ 


oC^     - —       cxl^ 

*See  Word  Signs  p.  42. 


v_O         <s^ 


V_^ 


r 


^r    » 

_    o       ^    , 

^~ 


(r 


448629 


38  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  30. 

1.  The  shades  were  soon  drawn,  so  we  could  not 
see  out. 

2.  A  miser  seized  a  measure  full  of  silver. 

3.  You    should    have   placed    the   pitcher   on   the 
shelf. 

4.  Seize  the  satchel  which  the  teacher  has. 

5.  The    jolly    farmer    sowed    much    seed    in    the 
shallow  soil. 

6.  Six    large    sacks,    or    shapeless    pouches,    were 
jerked  along  by  the  ship's  passengers. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Show,  she,  leisure,  pleasure,  sword,  miser,  midget, 
size,  pitcher,  nose,  mass,  measure,  sadly,  oppose, 
match,  watch,  catch,  swash,  assuage,  wax,  lax,  six, 
mix,  share,  shield,  reach,  teach,  long,  teaches,  cheap, 
wring,  link,  sink,  sing,  prong,  flank,  bring,  wrong, 
song,  king. 

REVIEW. 

What  is  the  length  of  the  s,  z  stroke?  sh,  zh?  What  is  the  length  of 
j,  ch?  How  are  s  and  z  distinguished  when  necessary?  sh,  zh?  j,  ch? 
What  position  are  initial  and  final  circles  given  when  joined  to  curved  strokes? 
The  circles  are  trac'ed  'inside  the  curve  of  s,  z,  medially,  except  when  followed 
by  what  signs?  The  circles  are  traced  outside  the  curves  of  sh,  zh,  j,  ch, 
when  followed  by  what  signs?  What  sound  does  0  represent?  Name  the 
diphthongs.  Which  of  these  two  may  be  reversed?  When?  What  is  the 
•sign  6"  a  combination  of?  What  slant  is  usually  given  ov>? 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  39 

LESSON  V. 

COMBINATIONS. 

AN    J  ;    EM,  IM    ^    ;    EN,  IN     v.       .  (down). 
OM,  UM      ->      ;    ON,     UN     r   .  (up). 

The  difference  phonetically  between  the  combina- 
tions em,  im;  en,  in;  ot»,  urn;  on,  un;  is  so  slight 
that  one  sign  for  each  pair  is  sufficient.  These  com- 
binations are  employed  only  when  m  and  n  are  pre- 
ceded by  the  short  vowels  a,  e,  T,  o,  u,  not  when 
preceded  by  the  long  vowels  a,  e,  F,  o,  u.  For  ex- 
ample, rain  is  written  -^  ,ran  -?  ;pane  <J  ,pan 

j      ;  mean  ~\_    ,  men     \    ;  etc. 

When  double  consonants  occur,  but  one  is  written; 
as,  tanner,  t  an  r  -}-  ;  manner,  m  an  r  ^  \funnel, 
f  un  I  ^-^"  ;  etc. 

ALPHABETIC  PRACTICE- 

For  alphabetic  drill  outlines,  refer  to  pp.  8  and  13. 
Also  note  Article  5. 

AN      J 

Article  27.  An  is  a  small  quarter  circle  traced 
down  from  right  to  left,  the  concave  opening  to  the 

left;  as,  in  fan,  fan       \,      ;  sand,  sand    ^L ; 

lance,  I  an  s    ---^ 


40 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 


EXERCISE  31 


J 


EXERCISE  32 


Land,  sand,  fan,  fancy,  Fanny,  fantasy,  fanatic,  can,  man,  candy, 
pander,  gander,  pan,  pansy,  lance,  Roman,  ran,  errand,  dance,  tan, 
tanned,  stand,  van,  vanity,  began,  pearl,  chance,  chancery,  than, 
foreman. 

Article  28.    When  the  combinations  em,  im;  en, 
in,  occur,  they  are  represented  by  the  signs    for  m 
and  n  respectively,    thus,  em,  im    ~\    ,  en,  in    v 
Examples:    rent,  rent    -\_   ;    send,  send  v_^_  , 
bin,  b  in    (_    ;   kindle,  kin  d  I  (_     ^ 

If  a  distinction  should  in  some  instances  be  re- 
quired between  in,  im;  n,  in,  etc.,  as  in  a  proper 
name,  the  short  vowels  may,  of  course,  be  written. 

EXERCISE  33 


i: 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  41 

EXERCISE  34. 

Emblem,  ember,  impious,  embody,  eminent,  empire,  resemble, 
pimple,  simple,  dimple,  gimlet,  nimble,  whimper,  simper,  limbo, 
thimble,  brim,  grimly,  trim,  limb,  rim,  stem,  symbol,  poem,  tem- 
pest, him,  them,  timid,  dim,  glimmer,  grim,  Emmet. 

EXERCISE  35. 

Lend,  send,  fence,  men,  fen,  pen,  pencil,  open,  repent,  again, 
against,  relent,  scent,  defend,  revenge,  even,  silent,  tenant,  mend, 
then,  enter,  hinder,  attend,  happen,  thinks,  tinkle,  intend,  incline, 
intone,  sin,  since,  intense,  tender,  dinner,  vintage,  finish,  gin,  gentle, 
gender,  tin,  tinner,  enslave,  into. 

OM,  UM      J      ;    ON,  UN      r   . 

Article  29.  Om,  um,  are  represented  by  a  small 
quarter  circle  traced  upward  from  left  to  right,  the 
concave  opening  to  the  left;  as,  in  pump,  pump 

M     ;  rumble,  r  um  b  I  /     ^ ;    romp,  r  em  p   ^ 

When  om,  um,  follow  /,  d,  or  th,  they  are  sepa- 
rated by  a  slight  tick;  as,  in  dumb  — J  thumb  -^ , 
being  thus  distinguished  from  the  slurred  strokes 
tr,  dr,  thr,  which  are  included  in  Lesson  VI. 

On,  un,  are  represented  by  a  small  quarter  circle 
traced  upward  from  left  to  right,  the  concave  open- 
ing to  the  right;    as,  in  done,  d  un    — r      ;  sun,  sun 
«s-^~  ;  fond,  fond  ^ —  ;  honor,  on  r    r-' 


42  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 

EXERCISE  36 


EXERCISE  37 

Pomp,  Pompey,  bomb,  gum,  dumb,  some,  come,  rum,  rumble, 
fumble,  thumb,  drum,  welcome,  income,  sum,  chum,  Tom,  atom, 
plum,  column,  humble,  lumber,  hum,  plumber,  pummel,  handsome, 
mumps,  summer,  clumsy,  comfort,  numb,  stump,  stumble,  jumble, 
grum,  grumble,  company,  comet,  compete. 

EXERCISE  38 

Gone,  done,  fun,  son,  funny,  selection,  phonetic,  upon,  Sunday, 
Monday,  bundle,  fund,  funnel,  none,  London,  bond,  million,  nation, 
notion,  coronets,  under,  understand,  onset,  unable,  unmanly, 
untie,  unfit,  unfold,  unhappy,  unto,  Mormon,  hunt,  hunter 


r  *in 

/  *on 

J  only      r> 

-D  these     -i 

The  word-signs  in,  on,  should  be  written  about  one-half  the  length  of/ 


WORD  SIGNS 

an,  and 

j 

won,  one 

when 

k 

question 

upon 

V 

answer 

this 

-o 

that 

PERMN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  43 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Anna,  manna,  band,  banish,  banjo,  antler,  grant,  prance,  branch, 
alliance,  trance,  annex,  essence,  innocence,  attend,  urgent,  inner, 
entrance,  entrap,  entreat,  invite,  engrave,  pensive,  infuse,  instant, 
any,  penny,  many,  menace,  pin,  pinch,  standard,  banana,  pink, 
onion,  ponder,  bondage,  ebony,  deacon,  lesson,  pension,  tension, 
action,  pinion,  money,  astonish,  undone,  dunce,  unbend,  unclasp, 
enamel,  gamble,  damper,  encamp,  scamper,  impish,  impart,  import, 
impress,  impulse,  impute,  embellish,  emanate,  empty,  empanel, 
employ,  impudent,  embrace,  tremble,  timber,  hymn,  omnibus, 
umber,  umbrella,  umpire,  plump,  pump,  crumble,  tumble,  number. 

REVIEW. 

Name  the  combination  signs.  Of  what  are  they  composed?  In  what 
direction  is  each  traced?  The  sign  for  om,  urn,  is  separated  by  a  slight  tick 
when  joined  to  which  consonant  strokes?  Why?  The  consonant  strokes 
m,  n,  also  represent  which  combinations?  If  distinctions  between  m,  em, 
im;  11,  en,  in,  should  be  found  necessary,  how  are  they  made? 


REFERENCE  TABLE 
Showing  the  correct  joinings  of  circles  with  consonant  strokes. 

CONDENSED  RULES. 

1.  Initial    circles    are    traced    below    horizontals,    and    up    strokes, 
and   to    the    left   of    down    strokes.      Initial    circles    are    traced    inside   of 
all    curved    strokes. 

2.  Medial    circles    are    traced   to    the    left    of    both    down    and   up 
strokes.         (See    f-f;    p-p;    k-k;    r-r;    in    following    table,)     and    above 
horizontals    (see  t-t). 

When   a   medial   circle   joins  two   consonant   strokes  which   form   an 

angle,  the  circle  is  always  traced  outside  of  the  angle. 

3.  Final  circles  are  traced  above  horizontals  and  up  strokes,  and 
to  tha  left  of  down  strokes. 

Final  circles  are  traced   inside  of  curved   strokes. 


Sign   p       k      f       t      r      m      n 


sh     rig-    w 


Initial 
positions. 


Medial 

positions. 


Final 
positions. 


1  / 

4  > 

r  x 

-f  -r 

-f  -f 

T\  7° 

Y  >- 


v  v 


v 

V 


V- 


X 


-e. 


/*• 
X 

> 
-r 
-f 

> 


Ss- 


ng    <j> 
w      f 

J 


cC 


Rules  for  long  a;  short  i.     See  page  24. 
Rules  for  long  e;  short  e.     See  page  27. 


SIMPLE  WORD  SIGNS. 

The  word  signs  on  this  page  are,  with  three  or  four  exceptions, 
represented  by  single  alphabetic  signs,  and  for  this  reason,  they  are 
termed  simple,  or  alphabetic  word  si^iis. 

The  following  list  contains  a'l  the  word  signs  presented  in  the 
preceding  five  lessons,  being  grouped  and  alphabetically  arranged  for 
convenient  reference: 


a,  at 

°       less 

^     that 

agent 
all 

5     \much, 
I  more 
o     [meant 

these 

A 

this 

an,  and 

j    (no,  know 
(not 

to,  the 

answer 

\bc,  but 
I  book 

of,  us 
\       on 

upon 
very 
we 

f  could, 
\qnite 

do 

/      only 

(out,  (h)our 
\how 

when 

(which, 
\just, 

error 

ozve,  own 

0       who 

for,  full 

\      put 

i 
with 

go,  good 

/       question 

/       thing, 

he 
his,  is 

f  should 
[sure 

c 

\onc 

in 

so,  such 

you 

f  judge, 
(church 

_^   t  soon, 
\  some, 

(yet, 

lyes 

44  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

LESSON  VI. 

COMBINED  CONSONANTS. 

In  using  the  combined  consonants,  the  short  vowels 
e,  t,  u,  are  frequently  suppressed;  as  in  supreme, 
sprem,  spirit,  sprit,  scourge,  scrj,  etc.  But  in 
this,  as  well  as  in  all  other  cases,  where  ambiguity 
might  result  from  the  omission  of  a  vowel,  the 
student  should  insert  it,  and  write  each  consonant 
separately,  instead  of  combining  them.  Short  u  fre- 
quently proves  an  important  vowel  sound,  especially 
in  contracted  outlines,  and  often  makes  perfectly 
legible  an  outline,  which,  lacking  it,  might  prove 
puzzling;  but  it  is  found  that  in  rapid  writing  con- 
siderable care  must  in  some  instances  be  exercised  to 
form  u  joinings  distinctly,  and  to  obviate  this,  the 
writer  may  suppress  the  vowel,  and  indicate  the  sup- 
pression by  a  backward  tick,  or  slight  retracing  of  the 
end  of  the  preceding  sign,  without  raising  the  pencil, 
from  which  point  he  will  begin  the  following  sign, 

thus:  rub  "f  ;  dull  — .-^;mud^ —  ;  touch  -^ — *x 
The  rules  given  in  the  preceding  lessons  which 
govern  the  joining  of  vowels  to  consonant  stems,  also 
apply  to  combined  consonant  strokes  of  correspond- 
ing form  or  slant.  An  exception  is  made  in  tracing 
ow  after  sk  when  followed  by  a  horizontal  stroke;  as 
in  the  word  scout.  Instead  of  following  the  usual 
rule  for  tracing  circles,  ow  is  here  traced  above. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 
COMBINED  CONSONANTS. 


SM 
SN 
J 
SPR                 X 

(down)              as  in     small 
"                 as  in     jwa/7 
"                  as  in     //'.$/> 
"                  as  in     j/z'r// 

ST,  SD             V 

"                 as  in     /a^/ 

STR,  SDR       \ 

"                  as  in     stream 

SW 

"                 as  in     swish 

KW 

"                  as  in     quick 

SKW                 / 

11                  as  in    squall 

KR                     J 

(up)              as  in     mz/<? 

GR 

"                 as  in     //£v?r 

SK                   f 

'  '                   as  in     J<rar<» 

SKR               S*~ 

"                  as  in     scream 

TR                     , 

"                 as  in     />-m/ 

THR                  _^j 

"                   as  in     ///r/// 

DR                  j 

"                  as  in     dream 

RL                 >^ 

''                  as  in    pearl 

46  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

The  sound  x  (or  k  s),  whether  initial,  medial  or 
final  is  represented  by  the  short  down  stroke  x  ,' 
it  has  the  slant  of  f  and  is  about  one-third  the  length 
of  that  character. 

Examples :  extra    _?    ;  tax    _q    ;  sacks    02.   . 

Final  s,  z  and  es  may  be  indicated  by  making  a  dot 
on  the  end  of  the  preceding  sign,  except  when  the  pre- 
ceding sign  is  a  circle  ;  t  and  d  may  be  omitted  at. 
this  stage,  either  medially  or  finally  after  n  or  en. 

The  plurals  sts,  sds,  sps,  sprs,  etc.,  may  be  indicat- 
ed by  a  dot  at  the  ends  of  the  combined  consonant 
signs. 

EXERCISE    39. 


EXERCISE    40. 


Small,  smart,  smear,  smell,  smelting,  smile,  smite,  smoke, 
smolder,  smooth,  chasm,  plasma,  sarcasm,  prism,  euphonism, 
maxim,  smother,  smudge,  smuggle,  plagiarism. 


PERNIN  S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 
EXERCISE   41. 


47 


EXERCISE    45. 

Snag,  snap,  snare,  snarl,  snatch,  snath,  sneak,  sneer,  sneeze 
sniff,  prison,  fasten,  lesson,  person,  loosen,  snip,  snooze,  snore, 
snort,  snow,  snub,  snuff,  snug,  snuggle,  christen,  mason, 
lessen. 


EXERCISE   43. 


z_ 


L 


2211) 


EXERCISE    44. 

Spice,  space,  speech,  spin,  spar,  spire,  span,  spite,  speed, 
spade,  spoke,  suppose,  speak,  spake,  speck,  spike,  spider, 
spout,  respite,  aspect,  inspect,  inspire,  sparkle,  spell,  split, 
spine,  sponge,  spigot,  spectre,  sparrow,  supple,  spire,  sparse, 
spare,  spot,  species,  sped,  spill,  supply,  clasp,  wasp, 
grasp,  lisp. 


48  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  45. 

1  J  L  J  1  J~  L  I  j 

* 


EXERCISE    46. 

Spirit,  spray,  spread,  spry,  sprite,  sprawl,  spurge,  aspirate, 
spree,  sprain,  spring,  sprang,  spur,  spurn,  sprout,  sprig, 
asperse,  spruce,  sprung,  jasper,  jaspers,  lisper,  lispers,  vesper, 
vespers,  grasper,  whisper,  whispers,  aspersion,  osprey. 

EXERCISE    47. 


EXERCISE  48. 


Swain,  swale,  swamp,  swam,  swan,  sward,  swarm,  swarthy, 
swash,  swath,  sway,  swore,  sweep,  sweet,  swell,  swelter, 
swept,  swerve,  swift,  swim,  swing,  swallow,  switch,  swivel, 
swear,  assuage. 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.          49 

EXERCISE  49. 


V    V    W 


EXERCISE   50. 

Still,  steel,  stale,  style,  stall,  store,  stow,  staid,  stew,  stack, 
stalk,  stove,  statue,  step,  last,  crossed,  first,  abreast,  cast,  post, 
jest,  stage,  stagger,  stem,  stop,  guest,  encased,  coast,  waste, 
best,  feast,  nest,  list,  mast,  repast,  burst,  thirst,  aghast,  ad- 
dressed, stand,  staple,  star,  state,  stay,  staff,  stump,  forced, 
fasts,  toast,  beast,  infest,  festal,  mustard,  amazed,  crazed, 
tryst,  sudden,  seduce,  settler. 

EXERCISE   51. 


V   V 


EXERCISE   52. 

Strap,  stray,  straight,  strain,  streak,  stream,  straw,  stratum, 
Easter,  oyster,  bluster,  cluster,  lustre,  monster,  punster, 
teamster,  teamsters,  castors,  boaster,  jester,  master,  faster, 
pastor,  stress,  strand,  strip,  stroll,  stroke,  struck,  sturdy,  strive, 
Nestor,  imposter,  blusters,  songster,  minister,  astride,  ostrich, 
history,  sterilize,  stirrup. 


50  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  53. 


EXERCISE    54. 

Quick,  queer,  quack,  query,  quota,  quote,  equine,  inquire, 
acquire,  cuirass,  liquid,  equity,  quit,  quire,  quarry,  qualm, 
queen,  aquatic,  equip,  quiet,  quell,  quiz,  quaver,  quiver,  be- 
queath, quoth,  quarrel,  quorum,  quietus,  quaff,  quartz, 
quibbler,  quotient,  inquiry,  equator. 


EXERCISE    55. 


EXERCISE    56. 


Squeeze,  squeal,  squirm,  squire,  squeak,  squint,  squall, 
squad,  squatter,  squadron,  squalid,  squander,  squaw,  squash, 
squelch,  squirrel,  consequent,  squib,  sequel,  squalor,  sequester. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  51 

EXERCISE   57. 

s~  *  -          \ 


EXERCISE  58. 

Curb,  curt,  crisp,  cream,  crumb,  crimp,  crow,  craze,  creed, 
baker,  fakir,  talker,  broker,  picker,  occur,  acre,  packer,  rocker, 
courtesy,  crescent,  sacristy,  crest,  cross,  crouch,  crowd,  critic, 
credit,  maker,  lacquer,  flicker,  joker,  cracker,  euchre,  stalker, 
walker,  knocker,  crusade. 

EXERCISE  59. 


EXERCISE   60. 

Grow,  grim,  great,  grapes,  grapple,  tiger,  eager,  rigor,  beg- 
gar, meagre,  green,  grace,  grumble,  ogre,  negro,  graft,  grain, 
trigger,  pilgrim,  grimy,  grip,  grind,  gross,  groan,  grope, 
grewsome,  growl,  gray,  grave,  dagger,  digger,  stagger,  be- 
leaguer. 


52  PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE    61. 


<r 


EXERCISE    62. 

Sky,  scuffle,  school,  skill,  scale,  scatter,  scum,  jcheme, 
escape,  scoop,  scoff,  ask,  asks,  tusk,  tusks,  risk,  scalp, 
scarlet,  scholar,  score,  skin,  scowl,  scald,  scare,  desk, 
desks,  flask,  flasks,  rusk,  husk,  husks,  scamp,  scout,  scut- 
tle, landscape,  frisky,  Alaska,  musk,  mascot,  basket,  rascal, 
rescue,  fiscal,  Moscow,  escort,  mosquito,  damask,  secure, 
sickle,  seconds,  succeed,  succumb. 

EXERCISE    63. 


EXERCISE    64. 

Screw,     scrip,     scrawny,     scrape,     scribe,     scraps,  scream, 

scrub,    scribble,    succor,     scrimp,    inscribe,     husker,  huskers, 

screech,     masker,     scrap,     screen,     scrawl,     scroll,  scratch, 

scourge,     scurry,     scramble,     whiskers,      maskers,  scruple, 
scrimmage,  brisker. 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.          53 
EXERCISE  65. 


EXERCISE    66. 

Trap,  tree,  treat,  trace,  trip,  trim,  travel,  tray,  cater, 
later,  patter,  matter,  neater,  water,  metre,  trolley,  voter,  traitor, 
scatter,  Trojan,  train,  trade,  trample,  track,  trigger,  trail, 
trance,  better,  loiter,  flatter,  softer,  utter. 

EXERCISE    67. 


EXERCISE    68. 

Drop,  drape,  drip,  drink,  draw,  dray,  draft,  drake,  drama, 
dream,  dreary,  dry,  reader,  leader,  fodder,  odor,  drought, 
drain,  drawn,  dread,  drove,  dredge,  dress,  drill,  drum,  droop, 
dragon,  dragoon,  drone,  ladder,  hydrant,  hydraulic,  rider, 
rudder,  tawdry,  foundry. 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY. 
EXERCISE  69. 


EXERCISE   70. 

Three,  threat,  throat,  throw,  thrown,  thrice,  thread,  thrall, 
thrive,  thresh,  thrill,  throng,  ether,  heather,  bother,  ther- 
mometer, leather,  gather,  thirst,  mother,  thrifty. 

EXERCISE   71. 


EXERCISE   72. 


Rely,  relate,  relent,  relapse,  release,  relic,  relish,  pearl,  girl, 
furl,  whirl,  relation,  curl,  reliance,  purely,  relief,  relay,  relax, 
reluctant,  religion,  squirrel,  hurl. 

EXERCISE   73. 


U 


PERNIN  S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


55 


EXERCISE   74, 

Wax,  cracks,  knocks,  hoax,  folks,  makes,  flakes,  leaks, 
bricks,  mix,  picks,  six,  ticks,  vex,  next,  buxom,  exempt, 
exhort,  taxed,  exude,  extort,  excuse,  exult,  exhaust, 
exonerate,  examine,  exhibit. 


WORD   SIGNS. 


after 

»x      from 

other 

about 

L      gave               y 

possible 

again 
against 

/     \  &ve                  , 
*      1  given               * 

purpose 
same 

came 

- 

shall 

change 

,  a     knowledge    \^ 

ship 

early 

«^-»     member         ~\ 

those 

cither 

^_     might             •> 

unless 

enough 

X      most               ^ 

until 

equal 

f       never            Ss 

was 

ever 

°\     over             °\ 

what 

d- 


The  s  dot  may  be  used  to  make  any  word-sign 
plural,  or  to  add  s,  z ;  and  the  d  sign  to  indicate  the 
past  tense  when  formed  by  adding  d  or  ed. 


56  PERNIN~S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


COMBINED  CONSONANTS. 
EXERCISE  75. 


J.   - 


J    - 


L\^  L- 


^  2. 


—  zf, 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY  57 

EXERCISE  76. 

SENTENCES  EMPLOYING  COMBINED  CONSONANTS. 

Amidst  the  mists  and  coldest  frosts,  with  barest  wrists  and 
stoutest  boasts,  he  thrusts  his  fists  against  the  posts,  and  still 
insists  he  sees  the  ghosts.  The  trusty  taskmaster  wielded  the 
sickle  with  much  skill  and  great  strength.  The  sturdy  squire 
sternly  spurned  the  base  impostor.  The  scrawny  scribbler,  at 
direst  risk  of  life  and  limb,  sprang  quickly  to  the  rescue  of  the 
stately  scholar  from  Alaska.  The  skillful  schemer,  being  out- 
witted at  last,  speedily  forsook  the  town  and  went  in  quest 
of  fresher  fields,  where  he  would  be  unknown.  The  steed 
sprang  over  the  stream  and  struck  into  a  shady  path.  The 
skipper  scanned  the  lowering  sky  with  anxious  glance.  The 
Speaker  of  the  House  won  the  esteem  and  respect  of  all  by  his 
quiet  dignity.  By  the  use  of  simple  means,  the  doctor  quickly 
cured  the  puny  infant.  The  stranger  quietly  quaffed  a  glass 
of  sparkling  water  and  left  the  place.  The  poor  man's  fingers 
stiffen  as  he  lingers  in  the  cold  air.  On  his  way  to  the  mill 
with  a  grist,  the  teamster  suddenly  came  upon  an  immense 
grizzly  bear.  The  spry  young  sprig  of  the  law,  with  many  a 
quib,  and  much  bluster,  vainly  strove  to  vanquish  his  op- 
ponent. The  sparkling  beauty  of  a  winter  landscape,  as  seen 
beneath  the  splendor  of  the  starry  sky,  inspired  the  songster 
to  inscribe  an  ode  to  the  West. 

REVIEW. 

What  reporting  principles  are  introduced  in  Lesson  VI? 
Combined  strokes  are  used  for  which  consonants?  Name  the 
combined  strokes  written  downward ;  those  written  upward. 
What  is  the  relative  proportion  of  each  sign  as  compared  with 
r?  What  signs  are  frequently  suppressed  between  combined 
consonants?  When  should  these  not  be  suppressed?  How 
may  short  u  be  indicated  when  suppressed  between  two 
strokes?  Illustrate.  Final  s,  z  and  es  are  indicated  how?  Is 
there  an  exception?  How  are  word-signs  made  plural?  How 
is  the  past  tense  formed? 


58          PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY. 

GENERAL    READING     AND     WRITING     EXERCISES 
COVERING  CORRESPONDING  STYLE. 

EXERCISE   77. 

Westward  the  course  of  empire  takes  its  way.  We  un- 
derstand death  for  the  first  time  when  he  puts  his  hand  on 
one  that  we  love.  No  man  can  safely  speak  but  he  who  loves 
silence ;  no  man  can  safely  command  but  he  who  has  learned 
to  obey.  Passions  are  likened  best  to  floods  and  streams ; 
the  shallow  murmur,  but  the  deep  are  dumb.  Kind  hearts 
are  more  than  coronets,  and  simple  faith  than  Norman  blood. 
We  lose  the  peace  of  years  when  we  hunt  after  the  rapture 
of  moments.  The  three  highest  titles  that  can  be  given  to 
man  are  those  of  martyr,  hero,  saint.  How  far  that  little 
candle  throws  its  beam;  so  shines  a  good  deed  in  a  naughty 
world.  Blessed  are  the  poor  in  spirit,  for  theirs  is  the  king- 
dom of  Heaven.  Blessed  are  they  that  mourn,  for  they  shall 
be  comforted.  Seest  thou  a  man  diligent  in  his  business,  he 
shall  stand  before  kings ;  he  shall  not  stand  before  mean 
men.  It  is  no  honor  or  profit  merely  to  appear  in  the 
arena ;  the  wreath  is  for  those  who  contend.  There  are  three 
kinds  of  people  in  this  world,  the  Wills,  the  Wont's  and  the 
Cant's.  The  first  accomplish  everything;  the  second  oppose 
everything;  the  third  fail  in  everything. 


NOTE. — The  shorthand  reading  exercises  which  complete 
the  Simple  or  Elementary  Method  of  writing  are  composed 
of  a  synopsis  of  "The  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal,"  by  James 
Russell  Lowell. 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY,  59 

EXERCISE  78. 


*    ..V 


/         -^  \y 


t- 


--5 


60          PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

^  -.  '  -  t- 


u  - 

v>  k 


j  /   « 


_D 


^  


"—/ 

k 


L_ 


^\ 


*  Sec  page  72. 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.  61 

EXERCISE  79. 

1.  The  sheriff  paid  the  jury  their  money. 

2.  The  ship  lay  right  athwart  the  stream. 

3.  It  was   morning  before   the  tidings   reached  him. 

4.  He  commanded  him  to  be  brought  before  him. 

5.  Whence  do  you  come,  and  whither  are  you  going? 

6.  Worth  makes  the  man,  and  want  of  it  the  fellow. 

7.  If  you  would  study  hard  you  would  soon  succeed. 

8.  The  path  through  the  fields  is  covered  with  grass. 

9.  Not  a  word  was  spoken  save  by  the  young  general. 

10.  Though  he  fail  to-day  he  will  try  again  to-morrow. 

11.  The  rustling  of  the  trees  alarmed  the  French  guard. 

12.  During  the  closing  hours  few  members  were  present. 

13.  By  experiencing  evil  as  well  as  good  we  become  wise. 

14.  He   hath  raised  him  up,  whereof  we  are  all  witnesses. 

15.  He  neglected  his  business,  consequently  he  soon   failed. 

16.  Let  us  run  with  patience  the  race  that  is  set  before  us. 

17.  Whatever   thy   hand   findeth    to   do,   do   it   with   all   thy 
might. 

18.  Being  provided  with  tools,  they  planted  a  row  of  stakes 
within  their  palisade,  to  form  a  double  fence. 

19.  They  scrambled  up,  holding  by   rocks   and  branches   of 
trees,  guided  only  by  the  stars  shining  over  the  cliff. 

20.  The  wind  bloweth  where  it  listeth  and  thou  hearest  the 
sound  thereof,  but  canst  not  tell  whence   it   cometh   or 
whither  it  goeth. 

21.  When  the  sunshine  at  the  end  of  March  melts  the  snow, 
or  just  before  the  roads  break  up,  the  teamsters  return 
in  long  trains,  with  empty  sleds,  to  their  far-off  homes. 


62  PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY. 


cT 


_D 


EXERCISE   80. 


J 


c       -0- 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.  63 


O        — 


<=T 


J        .- 


64  PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  81. 

i.  Jupiter,  in  order  to  please  mankind,  directed  Mercury 
to  give  notice  that  he  had  established  a  Lottery,  in  which 
there  were  no  blanks ;  and  that  among  a  variety  of  other 
valuable  chances,  Wisdom  was  the  highest  prize.  It  was 
Jupiter's  command  that  in  this  lottery  some  of  the  gods 
should  also  become  adventurers.  The  tickets  being  sold  and 
the  wheels  placed,  Mercury  was  employed  to  preside  at  the 
drawing.  It  happened  that  the  best  prize  fell  to  Minerva; 
upon  which  a  general  murmur  ran  through  the  assembly  and 
hints  were  thrown  out  that  Jupiter  had  used  some  unfair 
practices  to  secure  this  valuable  prize  for  his  daughter.  Jupiter, 
that  he  might  at  once  both  punish  and  silence  these  impious 
clamors  of  the  human  race,  gave  them  Folly  instead  of 
Wisdom,  and  they  went  away  perfectly  contented.  And 
from  that  time  the  greatest  fools  have  always  looked  upon 
themselves  as  the  wisest  men. 

2.  Mountains  never  shake  hands.     Their  roots  may  touch, 
they  may  keep  together  some  way  up,  but  at  length  they  part 
company   and   rise   into   individual,   isolated  peaks.     So   it   is 
with  great  men;   at  first  they  grow  up  together,  seeming  to 
be   animated   by  the    same   spirit — to   have   the   same   desires 
and   anticipations,    the    same   purposes    and   ends.      But   after 
a  while  the  genius  of  each  begins  to  show  itself  and  to  follow 
its   own   vent.     They   separate   and   develop   more   and   more ; 
and  those  who,  when  young,  worked  in  concert,  stand  alone 
in  their  old  age.    But  if  mountains  do  not  shake  hands,  neither 
do  they  kick  each  other. 

3.  It  is  told  that  there  was  once  a  certain  city  which  in 
one  night  was  changed  to  stone.     There  stood  a  war-horse, 
with  nostrils  distended,  caparisoned  for  battle.     There  stood 

[Continued  on  p.  67.] 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.          65 

EXERCISE  82. 


N  -~  <_ 


\ 


c      O 

•  Q_      x      „       — ^       . 


-       "1_      °\ 


J      'C-       — 


O      S     —T~        J 

i  -u  -- 


66  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


L 


\ 


EXERCISE   83. 

o    ^. 


-      <CL, 


•CT 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.  67 

the  warrior,  with  his  hand  of  stone  on  the  cold  mane  of 
that  petrified  horse.  All  is  still,  lifeless,  deathlike,  silent. 
Then  the  trumpet's  blast  is  heard  ringing  through  the  clear 
atmosphere.  The  warrior  leaps  upon  his  steed,  the  horse 
utters  the  war-neigh  and  starts  forth  to  the  battle,  and  the 
warrior,  with  his  lance  upraised,  rides  on  to  victory.  Now, 
young  man,  put  the  trumpet  to  your  lips,  blow  a  blast  that 
shall  wake  the  dead  stocks  and  stones,  and  on,  on,  upward 
to  victory  over  all  evil  habits  and  evil  influences  which  sur- 
round you. 

EXERCISE    84. 

Most  of  us  use  our  minds  as  tools  which  are  never  em- 
ployed save  in  our  working  hours ;  we  press  them  constantly 
to  the  limits  of  endurance,  and  often  beyond.  Instead  of 
cultivating  intimate  friendship  with  them,  we  enslave  them, 
and  set  them  to  tasks  which  blight  their  freshness  and  de- 
plete their  vitality.  A  mind  cannot  be  always  hard  at  work 
earning  money  for  a  man,  and  at  the  same  time  play  the 
part  of  a  friend  to  him.  Treated  with  respect  and  courtesy, 
there  is  no  better  servant  than  the  mind ;  when  this  natural 
and  loyal  service  is  turned  into  drudgery,  however,  the 
servant  makes  no  complaint,  and  attempts  no  evasion,  but 
the  man  loses  cne  of  the  greatest  and  sweetest  of  all  the 
resources  of  life.  For  there  is  no  better  fortune  than  to  be 
on  good  terms  with  one's  mind,  and  to  live  with  it  in  un- 
restrained good-fellowship.  We  cannot  escape  living  with 
it ;  even  death  is  powerless  to  separate  us ;  but  so  far  as 
pleasure  is  concerned,  everything  depends  on  the  nature  of 
the  relation. 

To  enjoy  one's  mind,  one  must  take  time  to  become  ac- 
quainted with  it.  Our  deepest  friendships  are  not  the  affairs 
of  a  moment ;  they  ripen  slowly  on  the  sunny  side  of  the 
wall,  and  a  good  many  seasons  are  required  to  perfect  their 
mellowness  and  sweetness.  The  mind  needs  freedom  and 

[Concluded  on  p.  70.  J 


68 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


Z 


/" 


L 


C       .0- 


L  —  ^     ^ 


EXERCISE   85. 


J    J 


Vf  < 


J         _:_ 


f 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.          69 


c        /  V. 


ir 


-> 


c 


70 


PERNIN  S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


leisure,  and  cannot  be  at  its  best  without  them.  It  has 
sentiment,  imagination,  wit,  and  memory  at  its  command, 
and  like  an  eastern  magician,  will  transport  you  to  any 
climate,  or  bring  any  object  to  your  feet.  Never  was  there 
so  willing  a  friend,  nor  one  whose  resources  are  so  con- 
stantly ignored.  What  a  man  finds  in  his  mind,  and  gets  out 
of  it,  depends  very  much  on  himself;  for  the  mind  fits  its 
entertainment  to  the  taste  of  its  one  tyrannical  auditor. 


r 


-'.<;•  J 


—       c     °\ 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  71 

LESSON  VII. 

OMISSION  OF  SIGNS. 

The  short  vowels  e,  i,  u,  are  omitted  before  final  r  and  1 ; 
short  a  and  o  may  also  be  omitted,  before  r,  1,  in  un- 
accented syllables;  e  and  I  are  generally  omitted  after 
down  strokes,  or  in  any  case  where  legibility  does  not 
demand  their  use. 

K,  g  are  omitted  after  nasal  n,  ng,  or  ing;  as  in  banker, 

b  a  ng  (k)  r,    J^     ;  finger,  f  ing  (g)  r,  ^     . 

Long  e,  or  modified  long  e,  may  be  omitted  in  unac- 
cented syllables  after  t,  d,  r,  1. 

T  and  d  when  final  are  always  omitted  after  n  and  are 
generally  omitted,  medially  or  finally,  after  1,  n,  k,  p,  and 
before  m,  f,  and  v.  T  may  be  omitted  after  x,  as  in  next  v^ 

R  is  omitted  medially,  when  not  included  in  a  combined 
consonant,  before  f  and  v;  r  is  generally  omitted  after 
vowel  circles,  the  omission  being  shown  by  reversing  the 
natural  position  of  the  circle.  (See  Art.  15.)  R  is  fre- 
quently omitted  before  t,  d,  m,  as  in  earthly,  term,  etc. 

OMISSION   OF  SIGNS. 


72  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  87. 
OMISSION  OF  SIGNS. 

1.  Split,  bit,  fit,  sir,  pick,  satyr,  will,  wit. 

2.  Get,  pet,  weather,  patter,  father,  met,  fed,  pelt. 

3.  Burr,  fur,  purr,  myrrh,  furl,  curt,  slur. 

4.  Depend,  amend,  dreadful,  advise,  world,  old,  fender. 

5.  Pink,  frank,  lank,  banker,  finger,  monger. 

6.  Therefore,  nerve,  serve,  surf,  swerve,  earth,  term. 

USE  OF  FAMILIAR  WORD-SIGNS. 

Article  30.  When  words  which  are  represented  by 
alphabetic  and  familiar  word-signs  enter  into  the  compo- 
sition of  longer  words,  the  woid-signs  may  be  used  as  a 
part  of  f.he  longer  words;  as,  y^rward,  \mequal,  etc. 
Note  t1->e  following  illustrations: 

acknowledge,              l^-           impossible,  cU 

equalise,                       j               mental,  ~^^ 

forth,                                          mighty,  7 

forthwith,                   \^-            mostly,  -^ 

forwarding,               •» — ^           purposely,  i 
fullness,                                      sooner, 

greatly,                        ^             surely,  -^ 

As  an  exception  to  this  principle,  do  not  use  the  word 

signs  in  or  on  as  parts  of  other  words;  use  the  combinations. 

NOTE: — In  some  of  the  foregoing  outlines,  suffix  signs  (see  p.  93)  have 
been  used  to  fully  illustrate  the  application  in  advanced  writing,  of  tb: 
principle  involved. 

See  complete  list,  p.  131. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  73 

LENGTHENED  SIGNS. 

Article  31.  When  two  similar  consonant  signs  such 
as  bb,  gg,  dd,  vv,  ss,  are  separated  by  the  short  vowels, 
e,  i,  u,  the  vowel  is  omitted,  and  a  single  sign  of  greater 

length  represents  both  consonants,  thus :  bibber    [^ 
giggle  ^-     ,  did         -   ,  vivid    X,        ,  system  - — >    * 
zest  ^~^~    ;  mm  is  written    ~\     ,  and  nn    \  . 

This  principle  should  not  be  extended  to  the  shorter 

signs  p,   k,  f  or  r,  as  these,   lengthened,    would  conflict 

with  b,  v,  g  and  !. 

When  sus  precedes  p,  k,   the  lengthened  sign  i?  not. 

employed,  the  final  S  of  the  syllable  forming  a  part  of  the 

combined  consonant  sp,   or  sk.     The  lengthened  sign  is 

used,  however,  before  t  or  d. 

EXERCISE  88. 


EXERCISE  89. 

Giggle,  prizes,  breezes,  grasses,  masses,  crisis,  braces, 
gazes,  deadly,  vivacious,  deduce,  sizzle,  access,  losses, 
teases,  misses,  scissors,  bibber,  ninny,  memory,  mimic, 
memoir,  bubble,  amazes,  bib,  biblical,  vivify,  gig,  mummy, 
mumps,  nun,  nuncio,  vases,  seizes. 
7 


74  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

JOINED   WORDS. 

Article  32.  In  common  speech,  when  similar  or 
cognate  sounds  end  and  begin  successive  words,  such 
as  grab-bag,  spend-thrift,  the  tendency  is  to  slur  one 
or  the  other  of  these  sounds,  and  pronounce  the  com- 
binations, grabag,  spenthrift.  This  mode  of  joining 
words  is  employed  in  shorthand  with  great  gain  in 
brevity  and  legibility.  Where  the  two  sounds  are 
identical,  as  p,  p;  t,  t;  etc.,  but  one  of  them  is  used, 
and  the  two  words  are  written  as  one ;  where  cognate 
sounds  occur,  as  in  get-down,  scrap-book,  have-found, 
the  final  of  the  first  word  is  usually  omitted.  There 
is  one  exception :  When  d  is  the  final  of  the  first  word 
and  t  the  initial  of  the  second,  the  d  is  usually  written. 
The  following  examples  illustrate  the  application  of 
this  rule,  which  applies  to  both  simple  and  compound 
words. 

EXERCISE  90. 


/    -,        .o r          .a °          -a '  'ti-S>-         •crN' 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  75 

EXERCISE  91. 
JOINED    WORDS. 

1.  Apt-to,    are-right,    are- wrapped,    are- wrong,    are- 
wrought,    as-sad,    as-said,    as-shall,    as-she,  as-should,  as- 
some. 

2.  Bad-day,  bad-deal,  bad-time,  bed-time,  best-time, 
bright- day,     brought-that,     brought-their,     brought-them, 
brought-these,  brought-this,  brought-those. 

3.  Eat-their,  eat-them,  first-time,  fought-their,  fought- 
them,  get-down,  grab-bag. 

4.  Had-done,  had-that,  had-their,   had-this,  had-they, 
had-these,  had-those. 

5.  Has-sat,    has-she,     her-right,    has-shut,     has-some. 
has-still,  has-said. 

6.  Have-found,  hold-that,  hold-their,   hold-this,  hold- 
them,  hold-those,  her-rosy. 

7.  Let-that,  let-their,  let-this,  let-them,  let-down,  lost- 
time,  let-these. 

8.  Or-rather,      ought-that,     ought-these,     ought-this, 
ought-those,  ought-their,  ought-they. 

9.  Right-time,    said-that,   said-their,    said-they,   send- 
them,  short-time. 

10.  Sit-down,  silk-cloak,  spend-thrift. 

n.     Their-right,  told-that,  told-their,  told-this. 

12.  Up-braid,  up-bring,  up-borne. 

13.  Were-wrong,  were-right,  will-let,    will-live,     will- 
long,  will-lose,  with-draw. 

14.  With-that,  with-their,  with-these,  with-those,  with- 
them,  write-down,  write-them. 


76  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

WORD-SIGNS. 


above 

elsewhere 

afternoon           \ 

favor 

almost                °d 

gentleman 

always                 yo 

gentlemen 

became 

inclose-d 

because                I 

idea 

become                 [ 

legislate-ure 

begun                   [r 

little 

)  capital                    / 
{  capitol 

catalogue             ^ 

near-ly 
peculiar 

character             </S 

perhaps 

children           /•  —  ^/^ 

that 

J  circular 
{  circulation 

discharge          -»-  —  -^ 

these 

j  through 
\  threw 

f  economy                  ^ 
(  economical 

j  trust 
(  true-ly 

PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.  77 

THE  DEATH  OF  LITTLE  NELL. 

AS-    ~^~  x 

o    *s  \s~—     V  — 


J-  '-V  ^-  I 


"£• 


-U- 


78  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  92. 
THE  DEATH  OF  LITTLE  NELL. 

She  was  dead.  No  sleep  so  beautiful  and  calm,  so  free 
from  trace  of  pain,  so  fair  to  look  upon.  She  seemed  a  crea- 
ture fresh  from  the  hand  of  God,  and  waiting  for  the  breath 
of  life;  not  one  who  had  lived,  and  suffered  death.  Her  couch 
was  dressed  with  here  and  there  some  winter  berries  and  green 
leaves,  gathered  in  a  spot  she  had  been  used  to  favor.  "  When 
I  die,  put  me  near  something  that  has  loved  the  light,  and  had 
the  sky  above  it  always."  These  were  her  last  words.  She 
was  dead ;  dear,  gentle,  patient,  noble  Nell  was  dead.  Her 
little  bird,  a  poor,  slight  thing  the  pressure  of  a  finger  would 
have  crushed,  was  stirring  nimbly  in  its  cage,  and  the  strong 
heart  of  its  child-mistress  was  mute  and  motionless  forever. 
Where  were  the  traces  of  early  cares,  her  sufferings  and 
fatigues?  All  gone.  Sorrow  was  dead,  indeed,  in  her,  but 
peace  and  perfect  happiness  were  born,  imaged  in  her  beauty 
and  repose.  The  old  fireside  had  smiled  upon  that  same  sweet 
face;  it  had  passed,  like  a  dream,  through  haunts  of  misery 
and  care;  at  the  door  of  the  poor  schoolmaster  on  the  summer 
evening,  at  the  still  bedside  of  the  dying  boy,  there  had  been 
that  same  mild,  lovely  look.  So  shall  we  know  the  angels  in 
their  majesty,  after  death. 

She  was  dead,  and  past  all  help,  or  need  of  it.  The  an- 
cient rooms  she  had  seemed  to  fill  with  life,  even  while  her 
own  was  waning  fast  —  the  garden  she  had  tended  —  the  eyes 
she  had  gladdened  —  the  noiseless  haunts  of  many  a  thought- 
ful hour — the  paths  she  had  trodden  as  it  were  but  yesterday 
—  could  know  her  nevermore. 

"  It  is  not,"  said  the  schoolmaster,  as  he  bent  down  to  kiss 
her  on  the  cheek,  and  gave  his  tears  free  vent,  "  It  is  not  on 
earth  that  Heaven's  justice  ends.  Think  what  earth  is,  com- 
pared with  the  world  to  which  her  young  spirit  has  winged 
its  early  flight;  and  say,  if  one  deliberate  wish  expressed  in 
solemn  terms  above  this  bed  could  call  her  back  to  life,  which 
of  us  would  utter  it?" 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  79 

NUMERALS. 

Article  33.  As  the  numerals  1,  'A,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8, 
9,  0,  may  be  written  rapidly,  either  these  or  the  corre- 
sponding shorthand  characters  may  be  used.  In 
larger  numbers,  however,  such  as  hundreds,  thou- 
sands, millions,  etc.,  it  is  advisable  in  most  cases  to 
use  shorthand.  The  abbreviations  used  are: 

1.  Hundred     r-         4.     Billion  L_ 

2.  Thousand    _~          5-     Hundred-million      /-v-- 

3.  Million         v--         6.     Thousand-million   -^=_, 

Examples :  One  hundred  dollars     /^— ^ —  ,    three 
thousand  dollars       ? "   ^  t       four  thousand  boxes 
«-=  d    ,  etc. 

The  ordinals,  first,  second,  third,  etc.,  may  be  writ- 
ten h  2.  3,  etc.,  and  the  numeral  adverbs,  once,  twice, 
thrice, ~i,  2,  3. 

EXERCISE  93. 


So  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

THE  SIGN  OF  REPETITION. 

Article  34.     When  a  word  or  phrase  is  repeated  in  a 
sentence,    and   the   repetition   is  sufficiently  close  to  the 
word  or  phrase  repeated  to  make  a  mistake  in  reading  im- 
possible, the  repetition  may  be   suppressed,  and  the  sign 
/     substituted  for  the  repeated  expression,  thus: 
Charity  bearcth  all  things,   believeth  all  things,  hopeth 
all  things,  endureth  all  things. 


The  repetition  sign  may  be  used  only  in  the  same  sen- 
tence in  which  the  repeated  word  or  phrase  occurs. 

REVIEW. 

How  may  familiar  word-signs  be  used?  Write  five  words  to 
illustrate  this  principle.  What  vowels  may  be  omitted  before 
final  r  and  I?  Are  the  long  vowels  ever  omitted?  Which 
vowels  are  generally  omitted  after  down  strokes?  What  con- 
sonants may  be  omitted  after  nasal  n,  ng,  or  ing?  When  may 
long  e,  or  modified  long  e,  be  omitted?  Give  an  example. 
Should  long  e  ever  be  omitted  in  an  accented  syllable?  T  and 
d,  when  final,  are  always  omitted  after  what  consonant?  They 
are  generally  omitted  after  which  consonants?  R  may  be 
omitted  medially  before  what  consonants?  When  r  is  omitted 
after  circles,  how  is  the  omission  shown?  R  is  frequently 
omitted  before  what  signs?  Illustrate.  When  two  like  con- 
sonant signs  are  separated  by  the  short  vowels  e,  i,  u,  how  are 
they  written?  Name  the  consonants  for  which  lengthened 
signs  may  be  used.  Why  are  lengthened  signs  not  used  for 
the  short  signs  f ,  p,  k,  etc.  ?  When  sus  occurs  before  p  or  k  is 
the  lengthened  sign  used?  Why?  What  are  joined  words? 
Explain  the  principle  of  joined  words.  Illustrate.  When  is 
the  repetition  sign  used?  How  aie  numerals  written? 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  81 

LESSON   VIII. 

PREFIXES. 

As  a  very  large  percentage  of  the  derivative  words 
in  common  use  begin  with  prefixes,  a  contracted 
method  of  writing  them  is  employed.  The  prefix 
signs  presented  in  the  present  lesson  are  most  im- 
portant factors  in  rapid  writing,  and  should  be  thoro- 
ughly memorized. 

ANTE,  ANTI,  J  are  represented  by  the  an  sign 
placed  immediately  above  the  first  of  the  following 
sign ;  as  in 

antecedent,  antidote, 

<L^ — v.  J  Q 

CER,  CIR,  SER,  SUR,  '  are  represented  by  an  acute 
accent  written  from  right  to  left,  slightly  above  and 
to  the  left  of  the  sign  following,  thus: 

certain,  circle,  service,  surround. 

&  "V  '£ 

Co,  COG,  COM,  CON,  CUM,  couN,     s     are  represent- 
ed by  a  grave  accent  written  from  left  to  right  above 
the  sign  which  follows,  and  slightly  to  the  left  of  it ; 
thus: 
co-operate,      cognisant,      comm\t,      countenance. 

V,         -          S 


82  PERNIN  S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

CONTRA,   CONTRI,   CONTRO,   COUNTER,  x^  are  re- 
presented by  a  sign  composed  of  the  con  prefix  and  a 
short  t  sign,  written  in  the  con  position,  thus  making 
it  very  suggestive  of  the  prefixes  for  which  it  is  em- 
ployed. 

contract,  contrite,  control. 

^7 

Dis,  DEC,  DES,  DUS,  DYS,  —  ,  are  represented  by  a 
short  dash  written  immediately  above  the  ntxt  sign: 
display,  deceit,  descend 

~C-^>  -is-  - 

Mis,   MES,   MYS,  -  -  ,  •  are  represented  by  a   short 
dash  placed  in  a  reverse  position  to  dis,  immediately 
under  the  beginning  of  the  following  sign  ;  thus  : 
mistake,  Messiah,  message. 

-7  V  «T-^ 

ENTER,  INTER,  INTEL  INTRO,  INTRU,     ^      are  re- 

presented by  en  written  parallel  with  and  in  close 
proximity  to  the  beginning  of  the  sign   following; 
thus: 
entertaining,      interval,      intelligent,      introspect. 


HYP,  HYPER  HYPO,  i  are  represented  by  a  short 
downward  stroke  about  one-half  the  length  of  p 
written  immediately  above  the  first  of  the  following 
sign  ;  as  in  hypnotize,  hypercritical,  hypodermic. 


PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY.  83 

HYDRA,   HYDRO,       i  ,  are  represented  by  a  short 
downward  stroke  similar  to  hyper,  but  written  im- 
mediately below  the  first  of  the  following  sign  ;  as  in 
hydraulic,  hydrogen. 


MAGNA,  MAGNE,  MAGNI,  >  ,  are  represented  by 
the  m  sign,  written  in  close  proximity  to  the  remain- 
der of  the  word  ;  thus  : 

magnate,  magnetic,  magnify. 

•N-  ^v  ~^> 

MULTI,  ^  .  The  next  sign  is  written  through 
the  prefix  ;  thus  : 

multiply,  multitude. 


NOM,  NON,  NUM,     •)    .     This  prefix  is  represented 
by  a  curved  stroke  (about  the  size  of  the  ing  sign) 
placed  close  to  the  remainder  of  the  word  ;  thus  : 
nominal,  nonsense,  numeral. 

POR,  PRO,  PRU,  '  ,  are  represented  by  an  acute 
accent  written  from  right  to  left,  in  a  reverse  position 
to  the  con  prefix,  above  and  to  the  right  of  the  next 
sign  ;  thus  : 

portion,  protect,  proceed. 


84  PERNIN'S   UNIVERSAL   PHONOGRAPHY. 

SUB,  SUF,  sue,  v  ,  are  represented  by  a  sign 
similar  to  con,  but  placed  immediately  beloiv  the  sign 
following  instead  of  above  it;  thus: 

subsist,  sufficient,  suggest. 


SEPAR,  SUPER,  SUPRA,  SUPRE,  ^  ,  are  represented 
by  the  s  sign  written  immediately  above  the  first  of 
the  following  sign  ;  thus  : 

separate       supersede,       supralunar,       supreme. 

*TRAN,  TRANS.  --  ,  are  represented  by  the  t  sign 
written  through  the  sign  following;  thus: 

translate,         transitory,         transform. 

' 


Article  35.  The  words  enter,  encounter,  none, 
come,  miss,  etc.,  may  be  written  in  the  form  of  pre- 
fixes in  their  respective  positions  before  the  first  sign 
of  the  following  word,  when  not  separated  by  a 

pause  ;  as,  enter  upon    ^   ,  come  home      -^     ,  miss 
him     .j,      ,  encounter  them     ^^  . 


*  Should  t  or  d  follow  this  prefix,  it  is  passed  over  and  the  prefix  Is 
written  through  the  next  convenient  sign. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  85 

JOINED  PREFIXES. 
CIRCUM,     /"  ,  as  in  circumstances,  •/"\   . 

EXTRE,  EXTRI,  EXTER,  EXTIR,  EXTRA     ^     (xr,)    as  in 

exterminate,  ^\^_  extirpate,  ~\_  ;  extradite  -^— z_  . 

*PER,  PRE,  PRI,  PUR,    1    ,  as  in  person,    L^^  pris- 
oner,   I —        ,  pursuit,    L*~     . 

RETRE,  RETRij  RETRO,  ^~    ,  as  in  retreat,   • —  , 
retroact,   ^-f    . 

FOR,  FORE,  PER,  FUR,   \    ,  as  in  fortune     ^—^-   , 
fertile  ^~^  ,  furnace  ^\^     . 

EXERCISE  94. 

JK?  jf   <$^  '^   *r\    n  ^  \  x — v. 

N  x.  ^7  *~ 

V.  I 

*  ^  -^  ^  T*  ^ '  ^ 

^-,    ^ s     ^     K       "  ^ 


Per  is  used  as  a  prefix  in  such  phrases  as  per 
annum,  per  diem,  per^minute,  per  day,  etc 

The  un  sign  may  be  used  as  a  joined  prefix  for 
under. 

•When  p  or  b  follow  the  per  prefix,  a  slight  separating  mark  should 
be   made   between   the   signs. 


86 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


EXERCISE  95. 

Antelope 

extreme 

numerous 

anteroom 

hydrant 

pertain 

cereal 

hydrochloric 

porch 

ceremony 

hyperbole 

precede 

circumference 

hypnotic 

precise 

circumspect 

intellect 

primitive 

cohere 

intercede 

profane 

cognate 

interest 

prolong 

condense 

introduce 

protect 

contrast 

intrude 

prove 

control 

magnetism 

prudent 

cumbrance 

magnitude 

purple 

counterpart 

mesmerist 

retract 

decimal 

mistake 

retrieve 

descend 

misuse 

retroflex 

disarm 

multiple 

serpent 

displace 

mystery 

servile 

dusky 

nonage 

subject 

dyspepsia 

nonpareil 

substance 

extraction 

nominal 

suffer 

extradition 

numbness 

suffuse 

Antiquated,  circumscribe,  cohesion,  comfort,  common, 
conceal,  concede,  consent,  concise,  condole,  confide,  con- 
flict, congeal,  contradict,  contrary,  contrite,  contrive, 
counteract,  counterfeit,  desert,  desire,  despair,  destine, 
disable,  disaster,  disclose,  discord,  dust,  extravagant,  ex- 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  87 

traordinary,  extricate,  hydrate,  hypocrite,  intercept,  inter- 
dict, interfere,  interject,  interview,  introduction,  magnani- 
mous, magnificence,  message,  Messiah,  mischief,  miserable, 
mishap,  multifarious,  mystic,  nominate,  nominee,  non- 
payment, perjure,  perplex,  porch,  portend,  portico,  pre- 
pare, prepay,  privilege,  probate,  proclaim,  profess,  prof- 
fer, profit,  progress,  project,  prospect,  pruning,  purchase, 
purport,  retribution,  retrograde,  retrovert,  servant,  sub- 
due, sublime,  submit,  subscribe,  subtract,  subsequent, 
suburb,  suffice,  suffocate,  suffrage,  surcease,  surface,  sur- 
pass, surmise,  surmount,  transcend,  transcribe,  transfer, 
transgress,  translate,  transmute,  transparent. 

SENTENCE  DRILL  ON  PREFIXES. 

1.  Prudence  protected  the  porpoise. 

2.  A  nominal  fee  was  desired  for  the  service. 

3.  We  were  cognizant  of  the  mistake  in  the  message. 

4.  They  proceeded  to  disarm  all  the  common  soldiers. 

5.  He  displayed  great  control  over  the  m)'sterious  mag- 
nate. 

6.  He  translated  the  interesting  account  of  the  trans- 
action. 

7.  He  was  progressing,  not  retrograding,  and  had  no 
time  for  retrospection. 

8.  Counterfeit  money  was  in  circulation  to  the  surprise 
of  certain  survivors. 

9.  We  consequently  proved  that  the  property  was  con- 
ceded to  be  ours  before  the  conflict. 


88  PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

10.  A  number  of  multimillionaires  protested  against 
his  being  permitted  to  perform  the  magnanimous  service. 

11.  The  supreme  court  co-operated  with  the  contract- 
ors in  counteracting  the  subsequent  intrusion  of  their  com- 
petitors. 

12.  A  number  of  intelligent   professional   men  were 
superseded  by  subordinates,  who  suggested  a  multitude  of 
extraordinary  changes. 

COMPOUND  PREFIXES. 

These  prefixes  are  formed  by  joining  two  or  more  single 
prefixes  in  the  order  in  which  they  occur,  or  by  adding 
any  of  the  combinations  or  vowels  to  the  prefix  following. 
The  learner  will  find  the  classification  of  prefixes  of  very 
great  advantage  for  ready  reference.  The  list  appended  is 
a  comprehensive  one,  and  will  save  the  student  much 
trouble  in  compiling  for  himself.  By  writing  these  over  a 
number  of  times  they  will  readily  fix  themselves  in  the 
memory. 

Joining  prefixes  adds  much  to  brevity,  and  thus  greatly 
increases  speed  if  the  prefixes  are  quickly  written ;  but  if 
this  brevity  be  counterbalanced  by  a  hesitancy  of  the  mind 
or  fingers  in  uniting  the  prefixes,  it  is  better  to  write  a 
fuller  outline.  Seconds  fly  quickly,  and  "he  who  hesi- 
tates (in  writing  shorthand)  is  lost,"  or  left  far  behind  the 
speaker. 

The  compound  prefixes,  with  the  exception  of  promt's 
and  mispro,  are  given  the  position  of  the  bst  prefix  writ- 
ten. Mispro  is  written  in  the  same  position  as  misinter, 
while promis  takes  the  pro  position. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY 


ACON 

N 

COMPOR 

> 

CONCOM 

N\ 

CONDES 

\_ 

CONSUB 

\ 

DISCON 

-\ 

DISINTER 

"X 

DISMIS 

= 

DISPRO 

-7 

DISPROPOR 

-J/ 

ENUM 

") 

INC  ON 

^ 

INSUB 

S 

INSUR 

V 

IRRECON 

^ 

MISINTER 

~x 

MISNUM 

~) 

MISPRO 

-? 

COMPOUND  PREFIXES. 

,  as  in  aconite 

,  "  comport 

,  "  concomitant 

,  "  condescend 

,  "  consnbstantiate 

,  "  disconnect 

,  "  disinterested 

,  "  dismissal 

,  "  disprove 

s  "  disproportion 

,  "  enumerate 

,  "  inconsistent 

,  '  insubtiiission 

,  "  insurrection 

,  "  irreconcilenient 

,  "  misinterpret 

,  "  misnumber 

,  "  ;« /.*/  ronoun  ce 


ing  iUustra- 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


MISTRANS                 ""•— 
NONCO 
NONCOM 
NONDIS 

,  as  in  mistranslate 
,     "       noncoliesion 
,     "       noncompliance 
,     "       nondiscovery 

—  ^ 
^ 

LU 

NONPRO 

,     "       nonproduction 

- 

NONSUB 

,      "       nonsubmission 

^ 

PROCON                          < 

,     "      proconsul 

< 

*  — 

PROPOR                         // 

,     "      proportion 

// 

RECON                            x\ 

,     "       recondense 

/^  

SUBCOM                        X 

,     "       subcommittee 

< 

SUBCONTRA              N_ 

;      "       subcontract 

X 

UNACCOUN                A 

,     "       unaccountable 

A 

UNCOM                           i~\ 

,     "       uncommon 

r 

UNCONTRO                  ,-\_ 

,      "       uncontrollable 

/^. 

UNENCUM                    ^S 
UNPRO                            n 

,     "       unencumber 
,     "       unprovided 

-7 

X 

As  Lessons  VIII  and  IX  are  devoted  exclusively  to  prefixes 
and  suffixes,  review  questions  will,  of  course,  be  confined 
largely  to  determining  whether  the  student  has  these  signs 
thoroughly  memorized.  How  best  to  determine  this  point  is 
left  to  the  discretion  of  the  teacher. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY 

WORD-SIGNS. 


acquire                 > 

j  acquaint               o 
j  -ed-ance 

j  known 
|  knowing 

letter 

j  acknowledg-     o-' 
\  ment 

meanwhile 

advantage            7 

nobody 

before 

neither 

began                   [, 

nothing 

begin                    [^ 

oblige 

j  citizen 
/  situation 

please 

cover                     \ 

popular 

differ-ence        
follow                  •y' 

(  possibly 
j  positive 
privilege 

forenoon               •> 

quality 

general              ^  —  \^ 

railway 

indeed                 v  

rapid 

infer                    -\ 

prefer-ence 

~\s 


92  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

SENTENCE  DRILL  ON  COMPOUND  PREFIXES. 

1.  He  was  irreconcilable  to  his  irretrievable  loss. 

2.  The    doctor    prescribed     aconite     and     proscribed 
quinine. 

3.  The  unrecognized  insurgents  sent  a  non-committal 
message. 

4.  The  recompense  was  disproportionate  to  the  work 
performed. 

5.  Let  us  reconsider  the  dismissal  of  the  discommoded 
reprobate. 

6.  They  were  disconcerted  because  their  fine  work  was 
unrecompensed. 

7.  The  unexcused  accomplice  encountered  an  uncon- 
trolled patrolman  incognito. 

8.  Do  not  misjudge  him  who  mispronounces  a  hitherto 
unencountered  substantive. 

9.  The  plea  of  the  subcommittee  was  encumbered  with 
several  concomitant  phrases. 

10.  She   was   undisturbed   by   the    reproaches   which 
greeted  her  unaccomplished  task. 

11.  The   subcomptroller    of    the  treasury  endeavored 
to  compromise  on  the  sub-contract. 

12.  The  school-master  used  the  rod  to  counteract  ac- 
cumulating, indefinite  insubjection. 

13.  The  uninstructed  and  unintelligent  proconsul  had 
a  strenuous  controversy  concerning  the   unpromoted   aux- 
iliary. 

14.  With  multitudinous,  but  inexplicit  directions,   the 
andisturbed  desperado  approached  his  appropriate  desti- 
nation. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  93 

LESSON    IX. 
JOINED     SUFFIXES. 


SUFFIX. 

SIGN. 

EXAMPLE.           APPLICATION. 

Able,  ble,  ible 

(^)i 

notable                       \j-i 

Ably,  bly,  ibly 

L     (be). 

suitably                    ^-t^~\ 

Ability,   ibility 

L    (/>/), 

I 
durability                  —  zA 

Agraph,  ograph 

w, 

paragraph                      ^f 

Ality,   elity,   ility 
arity,erity,irity 
erty,ority,  lity, 
rity 

-,  w, 

morality                    "Xr3 
majority                    ~>  —  ^> 

Ative,  etive,  itive 
otive,  tive 

\  w, 

.  ./$ 
talkative 

Cian,  cion,  chion 
sion,tion,cious, 
ceous,  tious 

Dard,  dered 
For,  fore,  ful 

(dd\ 

physician                  \^*^ 
conscious 
st'andard 
before                          L 

94 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


SUFFIX. 

SIGN. 

EXAMPLE. 

APPLICATION. 

Geous,  gious 

s~>  (/•), 

gorgeous 

£-^ 

Gion,  tune 

-  (<•''), 

region 

s^~^ 

Ime,  ine 

1    (down}, 

time 

—  \ 

Less,  lous 

M, 

heedless 

-  —  ^ 

f  ..    /except    after  \ 
^7     ^  vowel  circles  ) 

-    ('), 

extremely 

-% 

Ment 

(*), 

rudiment 

^-^ 

Ness 

-    (<'), 

goodness 

/ 

Nding,ning,nging 

)  (^), 

binding 

j 

Ology 

6^  w> 

theology 

S 

One 
Oun,  ound,  own 

0    (^), 

^  (ow], 

alone 
crown 

1 

Self 

•-^  (tf). 

yourself 

//As^~^\ 

Selves 
Ward 

^(-), 

themselves 
forward 

7^ 

1   /I 

COMPOUND  SUFFIXES. 

Ableness 

L    (A?), 

sociableness 

Atively,  itively 

V  (»/), 

relatively 

PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


95 


SUFFIX. 

SIGN. 

EXAMPLE.              APPLICATION. 

Ativeness,     itive- 
ness 

V  <*), 

superlativeness        -^^X 

Fullness 

V  (/<*), 

cheerfulness          /  \<^^ 

Fully 

V*    (/O, 

J\, 
gratefully                   ^/ 

Geousness 

^-(^), 

gorgeousness             ,/  —  -^ 

Imely,  ) 
inely     j 

I 

timely 

Ineness 

u 

fineness 

Ingly 

2  (ift£*^)i 

smilingly 

Ingncss 

\  (ing'f)i 

willingness 

Lessly,  lously 

~  (fr), 

carelessly                     ® 

Lessness 

S  ('*), 

carelessness                  ® 

Mental 

~\/  (™/), 

experimental            ^^^ 

Mentality 

'  —  5  (  ;////)  , 

instrumentality           ^^'^ 

Ously 

-^    (^), 

famously 

Ousness 

---    M, 

seriousness                ^_^x- 

Sciously,  tiously 

~v{*!/,) 

consciously 

Sciousness,   tious- 

^(^, 

consciousness               \^—~^ 

ness 

PERNIN   S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 
EXERCISE   96. 


\ 


/ 


t 


O7       a~^~^        o  —  v 


<  \_ 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


97 


EXERCISE    97. 

Abound, 

fineness, 

optician. 

aspiring, 

fortune, 

passable, 

atone, 

frown, 

pathology. 

backward, 

fullness, 

peaceably, 

biting, 

garment, 

peacefully, 

caligraph, 

garrulously, 

photograph, 

cautious, 

garrulousness, 

position, 

cautiousness, 

gorgeous, 

positively, 

celerity, 

graceful, 

poverty, 

charmingness, 

gracious, 

sentimentality 

coldness, 

greatness, 

severity, 

comparatively, 

handsome, 

shining, 

consciously, 

hilarity, 

skillful, 

consciousness, 

himself, 

smilingly, 

courageous, 

hopefully, 

spaciousness, 

cumbrousness, 

horribly, 

spine, 

deceptive, 

impression, 

spite  fulness, 

desirableness, 

itself, 

stability, 

disparity, 

jealous, 

stanchion, 

docility, 

jollity, 

superlative, 

downward, 

lawlessness, 

supinely, 

experimental, 

legality, 

thanklessness. 

extremely, 

legion, 

themselves, 

facetiously, 

lime, 

time, 

facility, 

lonesome, 

timely, 

faithlessly, 

majority, 

torment, 

famously, 

meditative, 

useless, 

faultless, 

mentality, 

wandered, 

finding, 

motive, 

willingly, 

fine, 

needless, 

worship, 

finely, 

notable, 

yourselves. 

98  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  98. 

Adjective,  agility,  alacrity,  allurement,  apartment,  art- 
lessness,  asperity,  assign,  awkward,  barbarity,  binding, 
bothersome,  brine,  bringing,  burning,  cautiously,  charity, 
cheerfulness,  chime,  chronology,  clinging,  combative- 
ness,  comparative,  condone,  contagious,  credulous,  dan- 
gerously, demonstrative,  descriptive,  dime,  discerning, 
document,  doleful,  draining,  drowning,  durability,  earn- 
ing, enchantment,  facetious,  faithful,  faithless,  familiarity, 
feasible,  feigning,  fidelity,  figuratively,  finely,  flinging, 
friendship,  frivolity,  fully,  fundamental,  gaining,  gor- 
geousness,  graciously,  gratefully,  grime,  hardness,  heart- 
less, heartlessness,  hopeful,  hopeless,  instrumentality, 
jokingly,  kinship,  laudable,  laughing,  lawful,  learning, 
liberty,  lime,  locomotive,  longingly,  mercilessly,  merri- 
ment, mining,  minority,  miserable,  mutability,  nation, 
nine,  notably,  oneself,  ourselves,  outrageous,  painfulness, 
parchment,  passably,  peaceable,  peacefulness,  physician, 
ponderously,  positive,  prickly,  querulously,  querulous- 
ness,  raining,  rascality,  ration,  recitative,  refreshment, 
region,  relative,  relatively,  representative,  resound,  renown, 
rhyme,  rounding,  sanction,  scoffing,  seamless,  seda- 
tive, seeing,  sentimental,  shameless,  sign,  skillfully,  so- 
ciableness,  softness,  soulful,  southward,  spacious,  spiteful- 
ness,  squandered,  staining,  statement,  sublime,  supineness, 
sustaining,  temerity,  thoughtlessly,  thronging,  throwing, 
tine,  tiresome,  toning,  trustful,  trying,  turning,  unreason- 
ableness, versatility,  vine,  vocative,  vulgarity,  wasteful, 
wherefore,  willingness,  winding,  wine,  worriment,  wring- 
ing, yourself. 


also 


*.  v. 
LiWTER 

DALUS,  TF.U3 

t>HQNoGRAt>HV.  <>n 


WORD-SIGNS. 


move 

\ 

altogether                                          nowhere             ^/ 

behind 

number 

VO 

besides                 [^                        present                ^ 

business 

\  principal 
(  principle 

U. 

credit 

president 

Uv 

custom                 / 

O                          prompt 

IP 

dollar 

quantity 

^ 

evening 

receipt 

•\ 

hitherto 
inquest 

tr-                      j  refer 
j  reference 

s 

<>                           report 

A 

-1 

inquire                                               rather                   ^ 

literature           / 

self 

^-A 

literary 

several 

v~>^ 

manufacture         ^                            whom                   ^ 

100  PERNIN  S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

SENTENCE  DRILL  ON  SUFFIXES. 

1.  An  ambitious  man  should  not  be  sentimental. 

2.  The  physician  read  a  thesis  of  his  own  composition 

3.  The  darkness  of   the  apartment  alone  arouses  te 
merity. 

4.  She  was  singing  and   spinning  amidst   these    sur 
foundings. 

5.  As  soon  as  consciousness  returned  he  arose  with 
alacrity. 

6.  The  action  of  the  deceptive  fortune-teller  was  out- 
rageous. 

7.  A  fugitive  from  justice,    he  zealously  guarded    his 
identity. 

8.  In  my  judgment,  the  charmingness  of  the  scenery  is 
remarkable. 

9.  When  the  session   opened  he  expressed   his  views 
with  positiveness. 

10.  The  outcome  of  the  arraignment  was  a  welcome 
decision  in  the  affirmative. 

n.  After  an  experimental  course  in  mineralogy,  the 
ambitious  student  left  for  a  mining  region. 

12.  The  regiment  marched   forward  bearing  the   stand- 
ard, heedless  of  the  losses  they  were  sustaining. 

13.  The   engineer's     inability   to   successfully  run   the 
standard   locomotive  is  responsible  for  his  discharge. 

14.  We  pondered  while  the  talkative  and   heedless  or 
derly  took   the   liberty    of  accusing  us   of    contemptible 
coercion. 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  1O1 


LESSON   X. 

CONTRACTION  BY  PROXIMITY. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  important  principles  of  abbrevi- 
ation. The  student  has  probably  already  found  that  \n 
reading  shorthand  notes,  words  are  frequently  deciphered 
before  the  last  sign  is  read.  Take  for  instance  the  follow.- 
ing  sentence  in  longhand:  — 

I  can  deci —  a  senten —  east — from  the  gen —  tenor  of  the 
conte — ,  though  the  chara —  are  incomple —  . 

This  can  be  read  at  a  glance  as  signifying,  "I  can  decipher 
a  sentence  easily  from  the  general  tenor  of  the  context,  though 
the  characters  are  incomplete. ' ' 

Hence  it  follows  that  by  applying  this  principle  to  short- 
hand, words  may  be  written  with  any  degree  of  brevity  de- 
sired, and  a  great  deal  of  time  saved  by  contracting  words 
which  are  legible  in  an  incomplete  form.  On  the  other 
Hand,  if  no  plan  were  formulated  to  guide  the  writer  m  con- 
tracting, and  indicating  contracted  outlines,  a  haphazard 
style  of  writing  would  ensue,  and  the  reading  of  notes  would 
be  largely  a  matter  of  guess-work.  For  this  reason  the  fol- 
lowing method  of  contraction  has  been  devised:  — 

Article  36.  (a)  Write  the  first  and  leading  part  of  a 
word,  or  enough  of  it  to  insure  legibility,  (b)  then  raise 
the  pencil  slightly  and  begin  writing  trie  first  sign  of  the 
next  word  immediately  above  the  end  of  the  last  sign  of 
the  contracted  word.  This  indicates  that  the  word  is  in- 
complete. 


102  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

Example:     You  *  must  not  fail  to  put  our  advertisement 
next  to  reading  matter  whenever  possible. 


Do  not  abbreviate  in  this  manner  on  more  than  three 
consecutive  words:  the  third  word  is  usually  written  in  full. 
If  the  writer  wishes  to  contract  on  a  third  word,  a  dot  placed 
in  the  usual  position  must  be  used  to  indicate  such  a  con- 
traction. 

As  all  shorthand  students  are  not  possessed  of  the  same 
degree  of  education  or  mental  acumen,  no  aibitrary  rule  can 
be  given  as  to  the  sign  to  be  contracted  upon.  One's  own 
judgment  and  ability  to  read  shorthand  must  be  the  guide; 
but  the  writer  should  always  contract  as  briefly  as  is  consist- 
ent with  legibility.  In  words  of  one  syllable  contraction 
may  be  made  after  the  first  vowel,  diphthong,  or  combina- 
tion sign.  Familiar  dissyllables  may,  as  a  rule,  be  contracted 
upon  after  the  first  vowel,  etc.,  or  after  the  second  conso- 
nant stroke,  if  a  vowel  precedes.  Words  of  more  than  two 
syllables  should  seldom  be  contracted  on  before  the  third 
consonant  stroke  has  been  written,  unless  the  contraction  is 
made  on  a  vowel,  diphthong  or  combination  sign.  Tech- 
nical terms  used  in  commercial,  legal,  medical  or  scientific 
work,  as  well  as  all  unfamiliar  terms  and  proper  names, 
should  be  written  in  full  in  shorthand,  unless  they  be  re- 
peated so  often  as  to  be  perfectly  legible  in  a  contracted 
form. 

*  See  Article  38. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  103 

RULES. 

x.  Do  not  indicate  a  contraction  with  a  irord  separated 
by  a  pause,  and  do  not  use  figures  or  proper  names  for  this 
purpose;  instead  place  a  dot  close  to  the  end  of  the  incom- 
plete word.  The  dot  may  also  be  used  for  this  purpose  at 
the  end  of  a  line,  or  in  any  other  case  where  the  following 
word  cannot  be  conveniently  written.  The  word  outline, 
however,  should  be  used  whenever  possible,  as  it  saves  a 
stroke. 

2.  Compound  words  should  be  joined  when  convenient; 
but  if  joining  necessitates  too  long  an  outline,  the  first  word 
of  the  compound  may  be  contracted  on. 

3.  Do  not  contract  joined  words.     Write  them  in  full 
according  to  rule  given  on  page  74.     This  does  not  apply 
to  compound  words. 

4.  The  prefixes,  suffixes,  and  S  dot  should  never  be  used 
in  writing  proper  names. 

5.  When  a  period,  an  interrogation  point,  or  an  excla- 
mation mark,  ends  a  sentence,  it  may  be  used  to  indicate  a 
contraction. 

6.  Corresponding  shorthand  characters  may  be  used, 
phonetically,  for  all  common  abbreviations;  as,  -volume,  vol. 

^V^    i  degree,  deg.         /     ;  advertisement,  ad.  o ; 

etc.     In  such  cases  do  not  write  the  following  word  in  prox- 
imity. 

7.  The  plurals  of  contracted  words  are  indicated  by  the 
addition  of  the  S  dot  to  the  part  of  the  word  written;  thus: 


104          PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

fling-.    \/    >  fling*,  \^   '•  the  runner  came,  fj     ; 

the  runners  came,  _  &  .  Should  a  circle  be  contracted 
on,  the  dot  to  indicate  the  plural  may  be  placed  immedi- 
ately above  the  circle,  and  the  contraction  is  then  indicated 
as  usual. 

8.     Long  a  and  short  i  when  contracted  upon  are 
given  their  final  positions. 

Do  not  fail  to  apply  all  rules  governing  contraction  by 
proximity.  Carelessness  in  this  direction  will  invariably 
tend  to  illegibility  of  notes. 

Article  37.  Final  /V/^-may  be  omitted  and  the  omission 
indicated  by  beginning  the  first  of  the  sign  following  about 
one-quarter  of  an  inch  above  the  end  of  the  preceding  sign. 

Example  :      Thinking  is  the  talking  of  the  soul  with  itself. 


Article  38.  At  the  end  of  a  contracted  outline  the 
omission  oi  oo,  w  or  u  may  be  indicated  by  placing  the 
beginning  of  the  following  sign  immediately  below  the  end 
of  the  sign  last  written. 

Example  :     His  eve  shall  look  upon  the  ruins  of  the  worlt/^ 


Article  39.  The  shorthand  outline  of  a  verb  in 
the  present  tense  may  be  used  also  for  the  past  tense 
«3f  the  verb,  where  the  context  furnishes  an  accurate 
distinction. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 
WORD-SIGNS. 


105 


anywhere              S- 

none 

already                o      3 

j  notwithstand 
1  *n£ 

another              v^. 

order 

anxious                 / 

ordinary 

j  behave 
{  behavior 

between                 I— 

punctual 
practical 

circumstance       / 

j  correspond-         d 

\  ence 

C  revenue 
-<  reverend 
(^  reverence 

difficult-y 

receive 

\ 

.  everyone               V 

reply-ed 

respect-fully 

govern  -ment       / 

return 

immediate-ly     «\, 

statement 

nevertheless 

satisfaction 

newspaper           'x^ 

value 

V' 


106  PERNJN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 

EXERCISE  99 


/        h      ^       v        * 


_D 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  107 

EXERCISE  100. 
MILWAUKEE,  Wis  ,   January  30,   19—. 

W.  H.  ANDERSON,  Esq.,  ST.  PAUL,  MINN. 

DEAR  SIR  * — Replying  to  your  favor  of  the  2oth  inst.,  we 
have  pleasure  in  inclosing  circulars  and  price-lists  of  bells  and 
holts.  These  quotations  will  hold  good  only  for  ten  days.  The 
tendency  of  the  market  points  to  these  goods  being  much 
higher,  and  we  would  advise  you  to  make  purchases  within  the 
next  ten  days. 

Our  make  of  bells  must  not  be  confounded  with  that  of 
makers  who  use  cast  iron,  which  has  a  bad  tone  and  cracks 
easily.  Our  goods  are  made  from  the  best  quality  of  bell 
metal,  and  for  tone,  durability  and  finish  are  unequaled. 

Trusting   to  be  favored  with  your  esteemed  order,  we  are, 
Yours   truly, 

JAMES  RICH  &  Co. 


DETROIT,  MICH.,   January  31,  19 — . 
Messrs.  TURNER  &  BROWN,  BOSTON,  MASS. 

GENTLEMEN  : — We  have  your  favor  of  the  ist  inst., with  cash 
check  for  $2,000,  as  full  payment  for  privilege  of  trade  dis- 
count of  17  percent,  from  your  purchases  of  Association  Good? 
for  the  year  ending  June  30,  19 — ,  subject  to  conditions  of 
agreement.  We  will  mail  you  certificate  as  further  acknowledg 
ment  in  a  few  days.  In  the  meantime,  we  remain, 
Yours  very  truly, 

ROBINSON  &  Co. 


xo8  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  101. 

BE     DETERMINED. 

What  the  multitude  of  people  who  populate  the  world  need 
most  is  a  strong  determination  to  succeed. 

There  are  those  who  become  faint-hearted  and  give  up 
when  the  first  obstacle  presents  itself  and  drag  along  in  de- 
spair. The  person  who  permits  the  little  things  to  overcome 
him  today  will  never  surmount  the  difficulties  that  will  be 
waiting  for  him  tomorrow — those  that  fall  thick  and  fast  when 
we  get  into  the  world  of  action. 

We  must  be  fortified  by  a  strong  will  and  determined  effort. 
It  is  well  to  select  a  goal  high  above  us  and  each  day  struggle 
to  attain  the  summit  of  our  ideal. 

We  look  about  us  and  see  the  successful  men  and  women 
of  today  and  wonder  how  they  attained  eminence  and  renown. 
Not  by  sitting  idly  and  letting  someone  else  shoulder  their 
burdens ;  on  the  contrary,  they  cultivated  self-reliance,  one  of 
the  greatest  essentials  in  the  world  today,  if  we  would  succeed. 
Few  of  them  were  born  to  luxury.  The  majority  of  the 
names  that  adorn  the  pages  of  the  history  of  a  nation  were 
cradled  and  nourished  in  the  lap  of  poverty. 

It  was  by  a  strong  determination  and  fixed  purpose  that 
they  won.  We  wonder  why  we  are  not  prominent  and  iden- 
tified with  the  active  members  of  state  and  society.  We  need 
only  look  within  ourselves  and  behold  that  faintheart  and  lack 
of  confidence  in  our  own  ability,  little  or  no  self-reliance  or 
fixed  effort.  A  will  that  is  swayed  by  every  breeze  like  a 
straw  upon  a  turbulent  sea,  will  never  bring  success;  for, 
while  others  are  struggling  nobly,  we  are  idling  our  time  and 
bemoaning  our  sad  fate. 

Then  we  call  it  luck.  But  we  know  better.  Luck  had 
nothing  to  do  with  it.  We  are  born  with  the  same  advantage? 
as  that  poor  little  fellow  next  door;  the  oaly  difference  being 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY 
EXERCISE  102. 


109 


6   - 


L 


V 


110  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

that  he  kindled  within  his  breast  a  fire  to  succeed  and  asso- 
ciated with  such  people  and  books  as  enabled  him  to  keep  it 
burning  ever  bright  until  he  reached  the  goal  of  his  am- 
bition. 

Not  so  the  others.  The  fire  thus  kindled  soon  burned  low 
and  they  failed  to  replenish  it  with  right  thoughts  and  actions, 
and  it  smoldered  and  died,  leaving  them  as  much,  if  not  more, 
weaklings  than  before,  without  hope,  without  ambition. 
They  then  grumble  and  call  it  "Fate."  Don't  do  it.  Fate 
knew  nothing  about  it. 

The  man  or  woman  who  succeeds  has  to  be  ever  alert  and 
active.  No  time  for  loitering.  Minutes  are  precious  and  to 
the  wise  man  or  woman  mean  dollars.  Some  find  it  easy  and 
a  sort  of  consolation  to  blame  fate,  but  this  old  fellow  has 
more  burdens  than  he  can  carry  just  because  some  of  us  lack 
the  energy  to  call  forth  the  best  that  is  in  us.  Awaken ! 
Come  to  a  realization  of  yourself.  Shake  the  cobwebs  out  of 
your  mind  and  plant  the  seeds  of  good  thoughts.  Let  them 
nourish,  and  if  the  soil  is  good,  you  will  bring  forth  a  harvest 
of  ideas  that  will  mean  success  in  abundance.  That  is  what 
we  are  here  for.  We  are  not  doing  the  work  we  are  intended 
for  if  we  do  not  succeed. 

We  should  not  allow  ourselves  to  be  swept  along  like  a 
piece  of  driftwood,  but  husband  all  our  forces  and  make  a 
niche  for  ourselves  in  the  world.  We  can  all  do  it.  It  re- 
quires a  little  effort  and  perseverance,  but  the  result  is  worth 
the  time  spent.  A  strong  determination  and  strength  of  will 
should  carry  us  along.  There  is  not  a  human  being  possessed 
of  all  his  faculties  who  has  not  in  him  an  idea  that  will  lead 
him  on  to  a  successful  goal ;  but  there  are  very  few  who  have 
stamina  enough  to  adhere  to  it  until  the  dawn. 

Some  give  up  at  the  beginning;  some  because  that  which 
they  anticipated  is  not  realized  in  a  day;  some  get  disheart- 
ened at  the  very  last  minute  with  success  almost  in  view, 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  Ill 


\     t>    o 


I 


x  U  ^'  o  Vo 


<s 

f 

^  I 


112  PF.RNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

while  the  few  plod  along  and  finally  realize  all  their  dreams. 
This  is  not  luck,  not  chance,  not  fate.  It  is  all  an  effort,  and 
a  hard  one,  but  we  are  fully  recompensed  when  it  is  finished 
and  success  crowns  our  labors.  Then  we  can  rest  and  enjoy 
the  fruits  of  our  toils. 

We  must  learn  to  strengthen  the  will,  to  instil  into  ourselves 
the  fact  that  it  takes  grim  determination  to  succeed,  that  we 
must  keep  at  it  until  the  desire  of  the  heart  is  fulfilled.  This 
is  the  disposition  of  all  successful  people  of  today,  and  of 
those  of  the  past. 

Do  you  want  to  be  successful?  Then  hold  on  with  unswerv- 
ing tenacity.  If  you  are  weak  and  vacillating,  you  must  march 
slowly  along  an  uncertain  road  with  the  mass  who  try  to  get 
results  without  effort  and  are  grumbling,  moaning,  and  filled 
with  discontent. —  Selected. 

PROPER  NAMES. 

Proper  names  should  be  written  in  longhand  if  time 
permit;  if  not,  write  them  in  full  in  the  simple  style  and 
underscore;  they  should  never  be  abbreviated  except  when 
very  familiar,  or  frequently  repeated,  when  some  sug- 
gestive contraction  may  be  employed.  Technical  terms 
and  phrases,  often  repeated,  may  also  be  contracted  in  a 
similar  manner  if  time  will  not  permit  writing  them  in  full. 

In  this  system  every  word  is  written,  it  being  the  only 
shorthand  method  which  follows  such  a  course.  Words 
cannot  always  be  exactly  supplied  by  the  context,  the 
substitution  of  "a"  for  "the"  sometimes  causing  a  serious 
error.  The  Pernin  Shorthand  is  sufficiently  rapid  to  allow 
every  word  to  be  written,  and  this  is  the  only  safe  plan. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  113 


SHORTHAND   PUNCTUATION. 

This  docs  not  differ  very  materially  from  the  ordinary 
printed  punctuation.  The  reporter  or  stenographer  does 
not  stop  while  taking  notes  to  insert  more  than  a  sufficient 
number  of  punctuation  marks  to  guide  him  to  the  correct 
transcription  of  his  notes;  but  he  should  be  thoroughly 
conversant  with  punctuation  in  order  to  employ  it  properly 
in  transcribed  work.  Examples  of  punctuation  marks  used 
in  shorthand,  follow. 


(undeof«?jrndninB) 


Period 

X 

Paragraph 

* 

Interrogation 

? 

Capitals 

// 

Dash 

,  (}™e)  Laughter 

\ 

Underscore 

•  (Tin!')  Applause 

/ 

Parenthesis 

r  J 

H  issing 

\ 

Exclamation 

i 

Emphasis 

= 

=          (bemphas7°erd') 

The  full  stop  or  period  may  also  be  indicated  by  leav- 
ing a  blank  space  about  an  inch  and  one-half  in  length  be- 
tween the  end  and  beginning  of  sentences. 

If  other  punctuation  marks  are  desired  use  those  em- 
ployed in  print. 


114  PERNIN  S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

REVIEW. 

What  is  meant  by  contraction  by  proximity?  Is  there  a 
definite  rule  governing  the  brevity  of  outlines?  How  briefly 
should  words  be  written?  How  much  of  a  word  should  usually 
be  written  before  it  is  contracted  on?  How  are  contracted 
outlines  indicated?  Illustrate  by  example.  How  many  con- 
secutive words  should  be  indicated  in  this  manner?  Is  the 
third  word  usually  contracted  on?  If,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
writer,  the  third  word  is  contracted,  how  must  the  contraction 
be  indicated?  How  should  unfamiliar  or  technical  words,  and 
proper  names  usually  be  written?  When  may  there  be  an  ex- 
ception? How  are  <55  or  u  indicated  at  the  end  of  a  contracted 
outline?  Illustrate.  How  is  final  ing  indicated  ?  Illustrate. 
How  are  compound  words  written  ?  Should  joined  words  be 
contracted  on?  Whit  signs  should  not  be  employed  in  writ- 
ing proper  names?  How  are  contractions  indicated  at  the  end 
of  a  sentence?  How  are  common  abbreviations  written?  How 
are  the  plurals  of  contracted  words  indicated?  How,  when  a 
Circle  is  contracted  on? 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  115 

PHRASING. 

Phrasing,  in  the  Pernin  shorthand,  is  simply  the  joining 
of  words  in  their  original  or  contracted  forms  without  em- 
ploying arbitrary  signs  to  represent  them,  and  these 
phrases  areas  easily  read  as  if  the  words  were  disconnected. 
Phrasing  in  this  system  may  be  employed  extensively  with 
great  advantage,  as  writing  several  words  without  raising  the 
pencil  adds  much  to  speed.  The  phrases  do  not  need  memo- 
rizing; writing  them  a  number  of  times  will  be  sufficient  to 
fix  them  in  the  memory  so  that  they  can  be  both  written 
and  read  without  hesitation.  This,  of  course,  the  student 
should  be  able  to  do  before  adopting  them  into  his  regular 
work.  Phrasing  is  of  little  value  if  the  writer  is  obliged 
to  hesitate  in  the  middle  of  a  phrase  to  recall  its  proper 
form. 

Long  experience  in  teaching  has  shown  the  author  that 
the  majority  of  students  on  beginning  to  phrase  are  in- 
clined to  go  to  extremes.  They,  not  infrequently,  join 
words  together  which  have  no  connection,  either  natu- 
rally, logically,  or  otherwise,  and,  from  the  difficulty  in 
deciphering,  lose  the  benefit  of  the  increased  rapidity  which 
has  been  gained  in  writing.  The  folly  of  such  a  course  is 
strongly  urged  upon  the  learner.  Rapidity  of  writing  is 
valuable  only  when  associated  with  ease  and  accuracy  of 
reading;  when  the  latter  are  wanting,  phrasing  loses  its 
value,  and  had  better  be  entirely  dispensed  with. 

Phrases  should  be  simple,  naturally  formed  and  not  too 


n6  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

numerous.    They  should  be  composed  principally  of  words 
made  from  horizontal  lines  and  curves. 

The  Pernin  system,  as  has  been  frequently  said,  is  the 
only  one  which,  on  account  of  its  great  simplicity  of  con- 
struction, and  natural  and  easy  forms  of  contraction, 
leaves  the  mind  unhampered  and  free  to  co-operate  with 
the  dexterity  of  the  hand,  acquired  by  daily  and  system- 
atic practice.  Shorthand  amanuenses  and  beginners  of  the 
study  unacquainted  with  the  workings  of  any  method  but 
their  own,  are  sometimes  struck  with  the  apparent  brevity 
of  an  outline  written  according  to  a  system  differing  from 
the  one  they  use,  and,  without  waiting  for  further  knowl- 
edge, jump  at  the  conclusion  that  they  must  adopt  some 
arbitrary  contraction,  or  makeshift,  to  have  their  writing 
conformable  to  it  in  appearance.  Here,  as  elsewhere,  is 
verified  the  truth  of  the  old  saying,  "A  little  learning  is  a 
dangerous  thing. ' '  Let  the  learner  beware  of  trusting  too 
much  to  appearances;  they  are  even  more  deceptive  in 
shorthand  phrasing  than  anywhere  else.  He  will  find  as 
he  advances  in  knowledge  of  the  winged  art,  and  compares 
viis  own  simple,  legible  method  with  others,  that  the  brief- 
est outline  to  the  eye  is  often  far  from  being  the  most  rapid 
of  execution;  that  shading  detracts  greatly  from  speed  in 
writing,  and  that  arbitrary  contractions  and  a  voluminous 
vocabulary  of  word-signs  will  burden  his  memory,  and 
consequently  impede  the  activity  of  his  fingers.  The 
highest  degree  of  speed  in  the  shortest  space  of  time  (and 
time  is  a  very  valuable  desideratum  in  this  hurried  age  of 


S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  117 

ours)  can  be  obtained  only  when  the  mind  and  fingers  act 
in  harmony  and  bear  the  burden  of  the  work  equally  be- 
tween them. 

Again,  the  great  legibility  of  the  Pernin  shorthand  is 
one  of  its  strongest  claims  to  superiority,  and  this  must 
not  be  lost  sight  of  in  phrasing.  It  is  the  twin  sister  of 
rapidity  of  execution,  and  both  should  go  hand  in  hand; 
one  is  valueless  without  the  other.  In  the  matter  of 
legibility,  our  light-line,  non-position,  connective  vowel 
system  shows  to  special  advantage  in  phrasing. 

Apropos  of  the  subject  of  simplicity  in  phrasing,  we 
quote  a  few  lines  from  an  article  in  Browne's  text-book  of 
Phonography: 

"Mechanics  and  mechanical  inventors  have  an  axiom  that 
the  more  complicated  the  machinery  the  greater  will  be  the 
friction.  In  machines,  as  in  Phonography,  simplicity  is  aimed 
at  in  getting  power  and  speed ;  there,  as  in  Phonography,  a 
wheel  within  a  wheel  is  often  found  to  be  an  incumbrance 
rather  than  the  help  for  which  it  was  intended.  Levers  com- 
pounded to  a  certain  extent  are  good  ;  beyond  the  limit  they 
are  a  drawback,  the  gain  in  power  or  speed  being  more  than 
counterbalanced  by  the  distance  lost  or  the  force  exerted  to 
attain  it.  A  rapid  longhand  penman  can  make  over  four  hun- 
dred strokes  or  inflections  of  the  pen  in  a  minute,  because  the 
strokes  and  turns  are  familiar — are  free  movements — and  re- 
quire scarcely  any  action  from  the  mind,  or  time  for  thought. 
A  like  familiarity  with  Phonography,  if  it  is  a  flowing  style, 
will,  undoubtedly,  give  as  a  result  a  speed  of  from  two  hun- 
dred to  two  hundred  and  fifty  words  per  minute.  From  the 
longhand  computation  we  can  see  that  it  is  not  brevity  that  is 
necessary  for  a  high  rate  of  speed.  Too  many  arbitrary  char- 


n8  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

acters  and  too  many  diverse  ways  of  writing  words  are  hin- 
drances rather  than  helps.  It  is  a  common  error  promulgated 
by  an  author  who  has  no  other  claim  to  originality,  that  the 
shortest  outline  is  the  most  rapid.  He  forgets  that  swift  writ- 
ing is  quite  as  much  a  mental  as  a  manual  process,  and  that  by 
his  principles  of  brevity  he  hampers  both  the  mind  and  the 
hand.  *****  Each  plays  an  equal  part  in  the  dexter- 
ity of  writing,  and  each  must  have  full  freedom  to  secure  the 
best  results." 

This  is  exactly  what  we  claim  in  the  Pernin  shorthand;  and 
we  here  find  writers  whose  cry  of  superiority  was  formerly 
based  on  brevity  of  outline,  now  coming  forward  with  a 
plea  for  greater  simplicity  in  the  art  by  the  use  of  less 
arbitrary  forms  of  contraction.  The  point  is  so  well  sus- 
tained that  we  cannot  refrain  from  making  a  further  quo- 
tation : 

"In  considering  mental  law,  the  process  of  thinking  must 
be  analyzed.  Our  most  rapid  thoughts  are  expressed  on  sub- 
jects not  complicated  in  their  nature;  that  is,  if  we  think 
rapidly,  we  must  think  simply.  Complicated  thought  is  de- 
structive to  rapid  thinking.  If  an  invention  like  the  develop- 
ment of  the  complicated  structure  of  a  very  fine  watch  could 
be  thought  out  in  one  instant  of  time,  it  would  prove  that  com- 
plicated action  is  as  quickly  executed  mentally  as  any  other 
action;  but  all  evidence  is  against  the  development  or  inven- 
tion of  any  great  machine  of  numerous  parts  in  an  instant  of 
time.  Such  inventions  are  accomplished  by  long  and  slow 
thinking,  by  improvement  being  made  upon  improvement,  by 
thought  working  upon  a  part  of  the  machine  at  a  time  till  the 
whole  is  completed.  This  being  a  fact,  the  system  of  phonog- 
raphy must  be  adapted  to  simplicity  of  mental  action  in  order 
to  contribute  speed." 


PKRN1N  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  119 

The  phrases  in  the  present  volume  have  been  compiled 
with  the  view  of  giving  the  learner  an  idea  of  the  kind  and 
quality  of  words  that  should  be  phrased,  and  not  for  the 
purpose  of  memorizing.  They  are  not  arbitrary,  as  will 
be  seen.  The  majority  of  them  are  words  written  in  full 
and  connected  for  convenience  only.  As  before  stated, 
however,  they  should  be  practiced  upon  until  the  learner 
can  form  an  idea  of  the  words  suitable  for  phrasing  which 
occur  in  his  writing,  and  can  make  them  naturally  and 
without  effort  as  they  appear  in  his  practice. 

Asa  rule,  two  or  three  words  joined  should  be  the  length 
of  a  phrase,  although  in  special  cases  more  are  allowable, 
[n  writing  business  letters  such  expressions  as  "Your  favor 
just  athand,' '  '  'Replying  to  yours  of  recent  date, ' '  and  others 
of  a  similar  nature,  could  be  written  very  briefly.  So,  also, 
in  law  and  other  departments  of  shorthand  work,  techni- 
cal or  frequently  recurring  phrases  may  be  written  in  a 
very  condensed  form.  Stenographers  will  very  naturally 
form  phrases  for  themselves  suitable  to  the  special  work 
in  which  they  are  engaged,  and  in  this  they  must  be  guided 
by  good  judgment.  In  all  new  matter  there  will  be  mate- 
rial for  new  phrasing,  from  which,  with  the  numerous  ex- 
amples appended  as  a  guide,  it  will  be  easy  for  the  stenog- 
rapher to  form  phrases  of  his  own.  Words  composed  of 
horizontal  lines  and  curves  are  the  most  advantageous  for 
joining;  when  written  vertically  not  more  than  two  words 
should  be  joined,  as  the  phrase  would  interfere  with  the 
following  line. 


I2O  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

Pernin's  Phrase  Book  (vest  pocket  size)  which  contains 
a  comprehensive  list  of  common  phrases,  as  well  as  law 
phrases  and  all  authorized  word-signs,  has  been  published 
as  a  supplementary  work  on  this  subject,  and  should  be 
secured,  for  ready  reference,  by  the  student,  and  in  fact 
by  all  Pernin  writers  who  aim  to  become  expert. 

RULES  FOR  PHRASING. 

1.  Join  only  such  words  as  run  together  naturally,  and  which 
are  not  separated  by  pauses;    as,   -we,-note-~what-you-say,   -what- 
do-yoH--ivish,  etc. 

2.  When  the  subject  is  a  personal  pronoun,  join  it  to  the 
verb  following,  except  when  the  verb  begins    with  a   disjoined 
prefix;    personal  pronouns   are  also  joined   medially  or   finally 
when  they  are  objects  of  the  verb. 

In  no  case  connect  a  word  with  a  disjoined  prefix. 

3.  Join  the  simple  personal  pronouns,  circles,  and   all   such 
simple  words  as  an,  and,  any,  in,  on,  of,  for,  from,    this,    that, 
these,  to,  etc.,  to  the  words  following. 

"Out"  may  be  joined  very  conveniently  initially,  medially, 
or  finally;  as,  out-of-doors;  get-out-of;  found-out;  etc. 

"Own"  is  readily  joined  after  possessive  pronouns;  as,  our- 
own,  your-on'H-  iny-o-wn,  etc.  "Own"  is  also  joined  initially 
or  medially,  as,  our-o-wn-day,  own-time. 

4.  When  -would,  -will  or  with,    begin  a    phrase,  write  the  v 
thus,   -will-you-go,     w-l-u-g;     ivould-not,     w-d-n ;     with-then. 
w-th-em;  but  medially  or  finally,  the  w  is  omitted,  thus,   you 
•will-go,   u-l-g;    you-ivill,    ii-1 ;    go-with,    g-th;    go-ivith-them, 
g-th-em. 

When  the  words  "are"  and  "long"  occur  medially  or  finally 
in  a  phrase  they  are  represented  by  "r"  and  "16",  respectively; 
as  in,  there-are,  — ^  \  a-long-time,  ^^  ;  etc. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  121 

5.  Do  not  phrase  "the"  initially,  as  it  might   conflict   with 
*'to."     Always  join  "to"  to  the  next  word  when  the  latter  does 
not  begin  with  a  disjoined  prefix.     Drop  v  in  have  and  phrase 
the  a  sign  at  the  beginning   and  in  the   middle   of   words;   as, 
have-you-seen,  a-u-sen;  -we-have-done-so,  we-a-dun-s;  supply  it 
at  the  end  of  phrases,    usually  dropping  the  a;  as  in,   did-you- 
itave,  dd-u-v;  etc. 

"As,"  in  a  phrase,  whether  initial,  medial,  or  final,  is  rep- 
resented by  the  a  sign.  When  as  is  followed  by  a  circle,  the 
word  must  be  written  in  full. 

6.  When  two  word-sign  circles  follow  each   other,   such   as 
at-all,  our-o^vn,  etc.,  the  first  word  of  the  phrase  is   written  in 
full ;  thus,  at-all)    o~o     ;  otir-oivn,   <•}?       . 

Circles  used  as  word-signs  and  occurring  at  the  end  of 
phrase  outlines  are,  with  the  exception  of  the  word-sign 
"out,"  traced  below  horizontal  strokes.  After  all  other  strokes 
these  word-signs  take  the  usual  positions  of  final  circles. 

7.  The  final  circles  and  half  circles  of  word  outlines,  in- 
chiding   those  of  word-signs,  retain   in   phrasing,  or  in  the 
formation   of  derivative  words,  the  positions   that  they  are 
given    when    the    words    in    which    they    occur   arc   ivritten 
separately. 

8.  The  last   word  of  a   phrase  must   always   be  written    in 
full  unless  such  last  word  is    represented  by  a  word-sign.     As 
an  exception  to  the  rule,  personal  pronouns,   the   circles,    and 
such  simple  words  as  in,  OH,  an,  of,  to,  etc.,  may  be   joined   tc 
a  contracted  word. 

10 


1.22  PEKNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

COMMON  PHRASES. 

:„  A-good,  a-great,  a-boy,  a-man,  a-book.  About-it, 
about-that,  about-which,  about-her.  All-could,  all-would, 
all-did,  all-should.  And-they,  and-their,  and-will,  and- 
he-should,  and  so,  and-so-forth. 

2.  As-much,  as-much-as,  as -could,  as-this,  as-much-as- 
they,   as-soon-as,   as-long-as,  as-she-could,  as-well-as,    as- 
good-as,  as-great-as.     At-all,    at-times,   at-once,  at-them, 
at-last,  at-present,  along-with-them,  along-with. 

3.  Be-so,   because-it-is, .  because -of- it,    because-of-her, 
because-of-his,  because-it-would,  by-all,  by-them,   by-tlie, 
by-that-means. 

4.  Could-a,  could-you,  could-we-do-so,  can-do-as-well, 
can -do-as-much,  could-be,  could-have-been,    can-there-be. 

5.  Do-a,    do-for,    do-for-them,    do-for-their,    do-you, 
do-your,  do-we,  do-they,  do-her,  do-them,   do-it,   do-not, 
do-not-go,  do-all-their,  did-their,  do-with,  do-with-it. 

6.  From-the,  from-him,  from-her,    from-them,    from- 
which,    for-his-sake,    for-us,    for-they-are,    for-their-own, 
for-your,  for  all,  for-all-that,  for-all-the,  for-all-their.     Go- 
in,  go-in-there,  go-at. 

7.  He-and-she,  heard-of,  bad-all,    had-we-not,    he-is, 
he-will,  he-can,  he-could-be,  he-should-have,  has-to,   he- 
has-been,  had-them,  how-is-it,    how-goes-the,    how-long- 
will,     how-well-did-you,     how-soon-is,    how-should-you, 
how-could-you,  how-are-they. 

8.  In-the,  in-this,  in-these,  in-those,   in-their,    in-to- 
the,  in-so-far-as,  in-as-much-as,    I-am,  I-might,   I-should 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  123 

COMMON  PHRASES. 


}  D  1  L 


i  ? 


°^ 


^ 
c 


X  o  ^ 
'  \- 


>>    V 


A 


i*4  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

COMMON  PHRASES — CONTINUED. 

be,  I-could-have,  I-ought-to-be,  I-did,  I-did-so,  I-did-not? 
I-do-not,  I-know,  I-was-so,  I-will,  I-can,  I-can-say,  I  do, 
if-so,  if-he-will,  if-she-would,  if-possible,  if-they-did-so. 

9.  Just-as,  just -as-well,    just-as-good,    join-with,    join- 
with-their,  no-good,  no- one,  no-more,  not-any. 

10.  On-the,  on-\vhich,  on-it,  on-them,  on-that,  on-that- 
day,  on-this,    on-an,  on-their,  of-their,  of-it,   of-thera,  of- 
you,  of-our,  of-his,  of- this,  of-any. 

11.  Should-a,    should-be,    should-have-been,    should- 
they,  such-as,    such-as-the,    such-as-not,    so-far,   so-will- 
they,  so-will-he,    she-will,    she-was,  she-has,   she-has-so, 
she-has-not,    shall-then,    some-of,    some-of-the,  some-of- 
which,  some-of-that,  some-of-these,  some-of-those,   some- 
day, some-hour,  some-time,  so-they-may. 

12.  To-the,  to-do-it,  to-him,  to-her,  to-you,  to-them, 
to-this,  to-that,  to-their,  to-it,   to-hold,  to-go,  to-be,  to- 
be-more,  to-be-able,   to-any,    to-own,    to-your,    to-have- 
been,  to-have-done,   to-have-gone,    to-do-so,    to-do-this, 
they-shall,  they-should,  they-would,  they-would-be,  there- 
is,  there-are,  there-will-be,  there  could-not. 

13.  We-will,  we-can,   we-have,    we-could,    we-should, 
we-are,  we-were,  we-will-ba,  were-we-to-say,  we-do,  who- 
will,  who-was,    who-is,  who-with,   who-would,   will-have- 
to-say,  where-are,  where-will,  will-he-be,  with-his,    with- 
them,    will-then-be,    what-is-it,    what-it-is,    what-was-it, 
with-whom,  with-their,   will-that. 

14.  You-and-they,  you-could,  you-should,  you- would, 
you-did,  you-will-be.  vou-will-not.  vou-are,  you-are-not. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  125 

COMMON  PHRASES — CONTINUED. 


7 


t>^> 


'2O  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

MISCELLANEOUS  PHRASES. 

Dear-Sir,  Dear-Madam,  My-dear-Sir,  Mr. -President, 
Mr. -Chairman,  Mr. -Speaker,  Ladies-and-Gentlemen,  My- 
dear-brethren,  Beloved-brethren,  Dearly-beloved,  Fellow- 
Citizens,  Your-favor-of-recent-date-at-hand,  Inclosed- 
please-find,  I-here\vith-inclose-you,  In-reply-to-yours,  In- 
response— to— your— recent— favor,  Your— favor— just-at-hand, 
We-beg-leave-to-state,  Please-state-in-your-reply,  Yours- 
truly,  yours-very-truly,  Yours-respectfully,  Yours-very-re- 
spectfully,  Yours-and-so-forth,  Your-obedient-servant,  I- 
remain-very-truly-yours.  In-order,  In-order-that,  out-of- 
order,  out-of  the-way,  out-and-out,  out-of-it,  quite-as- 
\vell,  quite-as-much,  quite-likely,  just-as-well-as-not,  as- 
follows,  for  example,  together-with,  some-time -ago,  by-all- 
means,  by-no-means,  by-this-means,  by-some-means,  of- 
course-it-is,  on-aecount,  on-account-of,  on-that-account, 
Dn-no-account,  on-the-contrary,  I-do-not-think-so,  present- 
day.  What -do -you -say,  at-all-events,  in-a-word,  get-rid- 
of,  get-it-all,  get-out-of,  keep-it-up,  let-us-see,  let-us-say, 
not-long-ago,  n^w- and- then,  not-a-bit-of-it,  ought-to-be- 
able,  so-much-good,  set-it-down,  seems-to-go,  let-it-be, 
T-have-no-doubt,  as-fast-as,  few  days-ago,  as-soon-as-pos- 
sible, as-long-as.  Month-to-month,  hand-to-hand,  bye- 
and-bye,  little-by-little,  from -time-to-time,  day-to-day, 
again-and-again,  over-and-over,  over- and -over-again, 
often-and-often  day -after-day,  many-more,  forever-and- 
ever,  on-the-other-hand,  any-of-them,  in-regard-to  that 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  127 


MISCELLANEOUS   PHRASES. 


< 


L  k  L^. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


ADDITIONAL 

WORD-SIGNS. 

Account                     £ 

Anybody 

Advertise-ment       a  —  • 

Arrive 

j  Among                      -v 

Accord-ing 

(  Amongst 

Attention 

Amount                    ^— 

Become-ing 

Anxiety                       J 

Belong-ed 

Agency                       <? 

Beyond 

Appear                      1 
Capable                    f' 
Certain  -ly                 /_ 

Commercial-ly 
Contrary 
\  Democrat 

Charge                   ^  —  ^ 

\  Democracy 

Circle                        / 

Depart 

Circumstance           f 

Differ-ent 

Circumstantial        ^/ 

Deliver 

Clerk                        ^ 

Doctor 

Close-d                    /^ 

Down 

Claim 

^  Example 

Collect                    </" 

\  Examine-ation 

Correct                     / 

Exchange 

(  ('onsequent-ly 

Exercise 

\  Consequence           ^ 

Equivalent-ly 

I 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


129 


Enclose                      \^ 

Name-ly 

Vo 

Especial  -ly 

Necessary 

^v_ 

Evident 

Object-tion 

1 

Familiar                       ^ 
Finance-ial                   \ 

(  Obligation 
(  Obligatory 

°^ 

Formation                  ^ 

Opportunity 

9 

Occasional-ly 

j> 

Hand 
Ideal                           *-  —  J 
Instant                          V 

Opinion 
Otherwise 

a 

r 

Investigate-  tion         ^\ 

Particular-ly 

u 

Insurance 

Place 

^ 

Language                   s^) 

Pleasure 

[^ 

Large 
Mr.                             -^ 

(  Popular 
\  Populate-  tion 

4 

Madam                     -^  

(  Public 

^ 

Make                           ~^ 
Messrs.                       ^ 

\  Publish-er 
Punctuate-  tion 

1 
17 

Market                         ~~^ 

People-d 

I 

Me-in-s                       ->^ 

Practice 

^ 

Method                     -\^ 

Private 

u 

130          PERNIN'S 

UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY 

Railroad 

Suggest 

Railway 

Telegraph-y 

Recover 

Telegram 

Regular 

Telephone 

Remember 

/x             Testimony 

There,  their 

Republic-an 

1 

This 

Request 

"t 

Together 

Require 

/ 

Under 

Return 

/\- 

Ultra,  ultimo 

(  Satisfy 

\  Satisfaction 

Unto 

Satisfactory-ly 

^—  3-5            Universe-al 

Similar-ity 

^_^             Usual-ly 

Situated 

Value-d 

Stenographer 

V^             Where 

Said 

^              Week 

Special 

/-x             Young 

7 


c 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  131 

EXAMPLES  OF  WORD-SIGNS 
USED  IN  LONGER  WORDS  AND  PHRASES. 
Accord-ing     accordant    accorder    account    accountant 

/        /        /        z        ^    .  ' 

accountable    unaccounted   acquire    acquirement    acquirer 

•5  ^-        s          <  £ 

acquirable        advantage        advantageous        disadvantage 

(         S          \          ^ 

advertise-ment      advertiser      after      afterward      hereafter 
agent   agency    *all    all-wise   all-Saints    all-right  allspice 


although        another       one-another        hand  handsome 

o-Q            ^              ^             J  *~^ 

handy  hand-full  hand-glass   answer  answered  unanswered 

<>             <             /*-           -»             ^—  .  ^_ 

answerable     anxious,      anxiety      anxiously  anxiousness 

r      ^     '     ^  ^ 

appear     appearance     non-appearance      book  book-store 


*NOTE.  —  When  "all"  is  followed  by  a  circle  or  half-circle 
the  "  1  "  is  supplied,  as  in  all-hail,  ail-along,  all-around. 
"Al"  (with  broad  a)  at  the  beginning  of  a  word  may  be  rep- 
resented by  the  word-sign  for  "all." 


132  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

become-ing       becomingly      becomingness       unbecoming 

ILL! 

before      beforehand     before-all     begin    began    business 


business-like     business-house   capable   capability  capitally 


capitalist  catalogue  seed  -catalogue      school-catalogue 

<  ^  -  ---  -j_  /V4- 

certain-ly  certainty  uncertain       change       changeless 

changeful  exchange  unchanged      charge      chargeable 


recharge    surcharge   character   characterize   characteristic 

church     churchman      churchyard     church-goer     circular 

^~T~^  ~^  / 

circumstance     circumstantial    client    clientage    clientele 

close-d    enclose    inclosure    closeness    correct    correctly 


correctness    correction   correspond   correspondent    cover 

/  A  4  / 

£•  A-X  y  ^  \ 

uncover    coverlet     discover     credit     creditor     creditable 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  133 

discredit  custom  customer  customary  customhouse  deliver-y 


deliverer  deliverance  differ-ence-ent  differently  indifferent 
Democrat  democratic  depart  department  departure 
departmental  dollar  dollarless  dollar-mark  hundred-dollars 


down    downfall   downcast    downy   economy  -  economical 

economic        economist       economize       equal        equality 

\  ^  1  ^ 

equalize          unequal         establish-ment          unestablished 

1  7  1  <\ 

i  Vo  vo 

re-established     ever     evermore     everlasting      evergreen 


every      everyone        everywhere        everything       exercise 


exercisable     exerciser     exercitation      familiar     familiarly 

^v^i  w^  ' — N  V  V 

•^/    '  o^  V^ 

familiarity      unfamiliar       favor      favorable     unfavorable 

V        ^  t          J. 

form       formation       information       reformation       inform 


134  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

misinform   conform   reform  formulate   formidable  former 


gave  forgave   give   forgive   forgiveness   go,  good   go-cart 

•/    J      f    ?       2         /       / 

goodness     goodly    govern-ment     misgoverned    governor 


governess       general,     gentlemen      generally      generality 


generalize    gentleman    gentlemanly    gentlemanlike    great 


greater     greatly     greatness      how      however      somehow 


^ 

anyhow   idea,ideal  idealist    idealize    infer-ence    inferable 


inferential     inquire      inquiry    inquirer    judge    judgment 
judgeship        pre-judge       just        justice      justify       unjust 


justly    adjust     readjust    adjustment    adjuster     knowledge 

o          ^>  6  }-f 

acknowledge  -  acknowledgment      large     larger     largeness 

' 


legislate-ure      legislator      legislative     legislation      letter 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  135 

lettered    letter-head    letter-press    manufacture      manufac- 

x*—  )  ? 

turer     manufactory     mean,  means     meantime     meanwhile 


meaningless        method        methodical        most         mostly 

v-       ^       ^       b    V" 

foremost     utmost     uppermost    near-ly      nearness     nearer 

>_      ^T>  '%•'...  N        ^       ^ 

near-sighted    never      never  h.  less      nevermore      number 
numberless   numuerer  renumber   oblige  obligingly  object 


objection  objectionable    one,  won  once   oneness  onesided 

1  ]  r         r         r      ^_ 

ordinary  ordinarily  extraordinary  other  otherwise  our,  out 
ourselves   out-go  out-put  over  overdo  overdone   peculiar 


peculiarly    peculiarity    please    pleases    pleasure    pleasant 

\  k,  l^      '^^       l^        i*> 

popular      popularly      popularity     popularize      unpopular 

4          4          ^  ^  q 

possible    positive    possibility     impossibility     positiveness 

<>-^  O—  ^> 


136  PKRNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

prefer-ence     preferred     preferable     preferment      practice 


practical    practically  practicable    impractical  malpractice 


present     presently     presentation     presentable      president 

U  L~  i/"""  I— 

presidency         presidential          principle-al        principally 

unprincipled    prompt     promptly     promptness     prompter 
promptitude        public,  publish        publicly        publication 

^         S         S        "u 

I  L  ^ — v 

publicity  Republic-an  Republicanism  punctual  punctually 

punctuality  quality    equality  inequality  qualify  disqualify 

*->  ^  ^>  zL,  &>^          &^" 

quart  quarter  quarterly  question  questioned   questionable 

rapid    rapidity    rapidness     receive     receiver     receivable 


refer-ence    referable   referee   regular   regularly   regularity 

1     ^     /      t       z, 

irregular   report   reporter   reported    require    requirement 


1 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  r  37 

respect-fully  respected  respectable   respectability  reverence 


irreverence  reverential  same  sameness   satisfy,  satisfaction 

dissatisfaction      unsatisfied      ship       shipment  ship-mate 

shipwreck     similar-ity     similarly     dissimilar  some, soon 

Something      wholesome      sooner       soonest  state-ment 

Stately    stated    statesman    stood     understood      withstood 

subscribe, substitute    subscriber    substitution    sure    surely 

— f  — T  " — f  " — <•       '-x, 

\  V  U 

insure     insurance     telegraph-y      telegraphic     telegrapher 
whatever  whatsoever  when   whenever   whensoever   where 

6\         ^\  ^A         ^~"\          ^ 

\ 

whereas       wherever       wheresoever      which       whichever 


,  7/hichsoever      who      whoever      whosoever     yes      yes-sir 


yesterday        young        younger       youngest       youngster. 

—        i         i.          x 

11 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


COMMON  ABBREVIATIONS. 

As  supplementary  to  Rule  6,  page  103,  we  append  for 
the  benefit  of  the  student,  a  short  list  of  common  abbrevia- 
tions used  in  writing.  These  are  to  be  written  phonetically 
as  instructed.  The  examples  given  are  but  a  very  small 
percentage  of  the  words  which  may  be  abbreviated  in  this 
manner.  There  may  be  included  the  ordinary  commercial 
terms,  titles,  names  of  months,  days  of  the  week,  points  of 
the  compass,  geographical  and  other  proper  names,  and 
many  other  words  that  are  usually  abbreviated. 


Account, 

April, 

Attorney, 

Balance, 

Capital, 

Citizen, 

Colonel, 

Company, 

Creditor, 

Debtor, 

Degree, 

Democrat, 

Democratic, 

Division, 

Dozen, 

Esquire, 

Friday, 

Honorable, 

Instant, 


acct. 

Interest, 

int. 

Apr. 

James, 

Jas. 

atty. 

January. 

Jan. 

bal. 

Manufacturer, 

manf. 

cap. 

Michigan, 

Mich. 

cit. 

Ohio, 

O. 

Col. 

Pages, 

pp. 

Co. 

Pennsylvania, 

Pa. 

Cr. 

Professor, 

Prof. 

Dr. 

Public, 

) 

deg. 

Publish, 

j-  pub. 

Dem. 

Quantity, 
Quart, 

quan. 
qt. 

div. 

Republic, 

*      K  f*Y^ 

doz. 

Republican, 

f    -IvCU. 

Esq. 

Revenue, 

rev. 

Fri. 

Samuel, 

Sam. 

Hon. 

Sunday, 

Sun. 

inst. 

Ultimo, 

ult. 

PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  139 


BUSINESS  LETTERS. 

i.  NEW  YORK  CITY,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  5,  19 — . 

ROBERT  BRENNAN  &  Co.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

Gentlemen, — Yours  of  the  3d  inst.  to  hand,  requesting 
us  to  quote  prices  on  Sheet  Silver. 

We  have  gone  out  of  this  line  of  goods,  and  henceforth 
will  not  keep  any  of  it  in  stock.  You  will  probably  be 
able  to  procure  supplies  of  this  description  of  Messrs. 
Hunter  &  Co. ,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Very  truly  yours, 

A.  B.  MANNING. 


2.  MADISON,  Wis.,  Jan.  10,  19 — . 

Mr.  GEO.  TOWNSEND,   Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Sir, — On  the  i4th  of  March  we  made  shipment 
to  Dick  Feeler,  of  Chicago,  111.,  as  follows: 
2  Cases  Hardware. 
i  Box  Leather. 

i  Roll  Top  Leather  (12  Hides). 

Consignee    reports    Top    Leather   arriving  in  very  bad 
condition,  and  four  hides  missing. 

Kindly  put  tracer  out  as  soon  as  possible,  and  oblige, 
Yours  truly, 

A.  B.  KILEY. 


t4o 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 
KEY  TO  BUSINESS  LETTERS. 

V;  *s       ?* 


> 


\  L 


O 


/ 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  14! 

3.  ST.  PAUL,  MINN.,  May  20,  19 — . 
Mr.  A.  ANDREWS,  New  York  City,  N.  Y. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  of  i3th  inst,  in  reference  to 
delay  of  saddle  clips  and  king  bolts,  to  hand. 

Delay  has  been  caused  by  breakage  of  our  largest  ham- 
mer, and  through  no  negligence  on  our  part  as  you  supposed. 

We  always  give  our  customers'  orders  prompt  and 
careful  attention,  and  no  one  regrets  the  accident  more 
than  ourselves  at  this  time,  as  we  are  under  a  press  of 
orders.  We  hope  to  be  able  to  ship  the  balance  of  your 
order  by  the  first  of  the  coming  week. 

Trusting  this  will  be  satisfactory,  we  remain, 
Yours  truly, 

J.  WARREN  &  Co. 

4.  DES  MOINES,  IA.,  May  6,  19 — . 
J.  W.  SNYDER,  Esq.,  Springfield,   111. 

Dear  Sir, — Replying  to  your  favor  of  Apr.  25th,  would 
say  that  I  do  not  think  it  would  be  advisable  for  you  to 
think  of  going  west  for  some  time  yet,  especially  if  you 
wish  to  locate  at  Fort  Fetterman.  As  yet  there  is  no  town 
there,  and  probably  will  not  be  until  our  line  is  completed 
to  that  point,  which  I  understand  will  be  late  in  the  sum- 
mer or  in  the  early  fall.  If  you  will  write  me  later  or 
about  the  first  of  July,  at  that  time  I  may  be  able  to  give 
you  more  satisfactory  information. 

Yours  truly,  D.  D.  HELLER. 


142  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

3  ^ 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  143 

5.  ADRIAN,  MICH.,  Aug.  12,  19 — . 

MESSRS.  METCALF  BROS.  &  Co.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Dear  Sirs, — Having  recently  commenced  business  for 
myself  with  fair  prospects  of  success,  I  shall  be  pleased  to 
open  an  account  with  your  house,  and  trust  it  will  be  to 
our  mutual  advantage.  Should  you  think  favorably  of 
the  matter,  you  will  please  fill  the  accompanying  order  with 
the  least  possible  delay  and  on  your  best  terms.  For 
testimonials,  I  refer  you  to  Newcomb,  Endicott  &  Co., 
of  your  city,  by  whom  I  have  been  until  recently  em- 
ployed; but  as  this  is  my  first  transaction  with  your  house, 
upon  forwarding  me  an  invoice  of  goods  and  deducting 
your  usual  discount  for  cash,  I  will  remit  a  sight  draft  on 
the  First  National  Bank  of  your  city,  for  the  amount,  by 
return  mail.  Expecting  your  usual  prompt  attention,  I  am, 
Yours  respectfully,  S.  C.  BROOKS. 


6.  DETROIT,  MICH.,  Aug.  13,  19 — . 

Mr.  S.  C.  BROOKS,  Adrian,  Mich. 

Dear  Sir, — We  take  pleasure  in  sending  this  day,  as 
per  your  order,  the  inclosed  invoice  of  goods,  amounting 
to  $1,500,  subject  to  5  per  cent,  discount  for  cash. 

Your  reference  being  entirely  satisfactory,  we  have  no 
hesitation  in  opening  an  account  and  allowing  you  our 
best  terms.  Trusting  that  the  goods,  which  are  shipped 
by  express,  will  arrive  safely  and  meet  with  your  favor, 
we  are,  Very  truly  yours, 

METCALK  BROS.  &  Co. 


144  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


7/2,/7-> 


/  ?      JO     , 
*  V  i    '  7 — ' 


/6~ 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  145 

7.  KANSAS  CITY,  Mo.,  March  29,  19—. 

Mr.  T.  J.  JOHNSON,  Blair,  Neb. 

Dear  Sir, — We  inclose  check  for  $14.90,  payment  for 
abstracts.  Please  give  us  latest  assessed  value  for  taxation 
on  the  following  property:  N.  W.  quarter,  section  7, 
township  7,  range  n  east,  of  R.  M.  Burns;  also  S.  W. 
quarter,  section  2,  township  17,  range  n,  Sophia  Good- 
m,m,  Kennard,  Neb.  Please  prepare  abstract  on  Sophia 
Goodman's  property  and  forward  same  at  once;  also  give 
us  assessed  value  for  taxation  and  amount  of  taxes  on 
north  half,  S.  E.  quarter,  section  12,  township  12,  range 
10  east,  property  of  Samuel  Brinkerhoff. 
Yours  truly, 

E.  A.  DUVAL. 


8.  SAN   FRANCISCO,  CAL.  ,  Oct.  2,  19 — . 

Mr.  CHAS.  GREEN,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  of  Sept.  28  at  hand  and  contents 
noted.  We  are  extremely  sorry  to  be  obliged  to  say  that 
it  will  be  impossible  for  us  to  negotiate  renewal  of  your 
paper  maturing  Dec.  23,  19 — ,  owing  to  the  fact  that  it 
has  passed  out  of  our  hands,  being  now  held  by  the  Na- 
tional Bank  of  this  place,  and  must  be  paid  at  maturity  or 
costs  of  protest  will  be  incurred. 

Trusting  you  will  be  put  to  no  inconvenience  to  lift 
the  paper,  we  are,  Yours  truly, 

IRVING  &  Co. 


146  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

7 


L-*- 


:.-     /7      >»* 


f 


"V 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  147 

9.  HAMBURG,   N.  Y.,  Sept.  30,  19 — . 

Mr.  S.  S.  McKAY.  Attica,  N.  Y. 

Dear  Sir, — I  notice  that  the  ties  on  the  hill  just  east  of 
Keller's  have  not  been  piled  up  and  burned,  but  are 
thrown  down  the  side  of  the  bank.  This  makes  the  road 
look  very  untidy.  Please  see  to  it  that  they  are  burned 
as  soon  as  possible.  Also  see  that  the  old  fence  that 
stands  in  front  of  the  new  fence,  just  east  of  the  rock  cut 
beyond  Keller's,  is  torn  down  and  piled  up  by  the  section 
men.  Yours  truly,  W.  J.  KITCHEN, 

Supt.  N.  Y.  C.  &  St.  L.  Ry. 


10.  MILWAUKEE,  Wis.,  Jan.  7,  19 — . 

Mr.  W.  F.  JOHNSON,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Dear  Sir, — The  crossing  watchman  at  Miami  street, 
Indianapolis,  Ind.,  is  not  giving  good  satisfaction  to  the 
public,  and  some  very  serious  complaints  have  been  made 
to  me  in  regard  to  his  inattention  to  duty.  This  watch- 
man is  paid  five  dollars  per  month  more  than  the  others, 
with  the  understanding  that  he  is  to  stay  on  duty  until  9 
P.  M.,  or  until  Train  49  passes. 

I  think  it  would  be  policy  to  make  a  change  there   and 
let  the  new  watchman  understand  that  he  is  to  stay  at  his 
post  every  night  until  No.  49  passes. 
Yours  truly, 

I.  I. BROWN,  Supt, 


148  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

1          ; 
?  I/  ^  2.  M  , 


^\  ^  \  ^_  /I^4^T 

V,  ^  '^ 


(^  s- 


/,   //-; 


\ 


V__ 


V 


// 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  149 

ii.  OMAHA,  NEB.,  Jan.  30,  19 — -. 

Mr.  T.  J.  BROWN,  Bedford,  Iowa. 

Dear  Sir, — Replying  to  your  favor  of  the  29th  instant, 
would  say  that  passenger  rates  are  as  follows:  Council 
Bluffs  to  Chadron  $16.40;  round  trip  explorer's  rate 
Council  Bluffs  to  Valentine  $13.90 — none  are  sold  to 
Chadron. 

Rate  on  emigrant  movables,  Council  Bluffs  to  Chadron, 
$70  per  car.  Yours  truly, 

S  HASTINGS, 
Southwestern  Pass.  Agent. 


12.  PHILADELPHIA,  PA.,  March  16,  19 — . 

Mr.  JAS.  JOHNSON,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Dear  Sir, — As  we  are  informed  that  a  party  in  your 
city  has  been  offering  for  sale  to  the  trade,  ready  cur. 
election  "stickers,"  we  beg  leave  to  notify  you  that  our 
client,  Mr.  Thomas  Young,  of  this  place,  is  the  patentee 
of  the  same,  and  that  any  sale  or  use  thereof  is  an  in- 
fringement of  his  patent,  except  where  such  sale  or  use 
is  made  by  Mr.  Young's  license  or  of  goods  obtained  from 
him  or  his  authorized  agents.  Mr.  Young's  patent  was 
obtained  and  is  dated  April  23,  19 — .  His  rights  of 
patent  have  been  acquiesced  in  by  the  public  and  trade 
generally,  and  he  sends  this  as  a  friendly  caution  to  you 
against  infringement  of  the  same. 

Very  truly  yours, 

G.  H.  SHAFER,  Atty. 


150  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

30, 


II. 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  151 

13.  DENVER,  COL.,  July  12,  19 — . 

Mr.  P.  J.  LEWIS,  Boston,  Mass. 

Dear  Sir, — Replying  to  yours  of  the  loth  instant, 
would  say  that  I  have  pleasure  in  sending  you  by  mail  a 
supply  of  matter  descriptive  of  the  Elkhorn  Valley.  J 
cannot  advise  you  as  to  any  particular  location  west  of 
Antelope  county,  but  think,  if  you  can  arrange  it  so,  it 
would  be  better  for  you  to  purchase  a  land  exploring 
ticket  for  Valentine,  Neb.,  and  visit  the  country.  I 
think  you  will  find  these  on  sale  in  Boston;  if  not,  it 
would  be  your  best  plan  to  purchase  a  ticket  to  Chicago 
and  from  there  you  can  purchase  a  land  exploring  ticket 
via  the  Chicago  &  Northwestern  and  Fremont,  Elkhorn  & 
Missouri  Valley  Rys.  to  Valentine,  Neb.,  which  will  cost 
you  $31. 45.  This  ticket  will  allow  stop-over  privileges 
at  any  point  west  of  the  Missouri  river  and  will  be  good 
forty  days  from  date  of  issue.  The  ticket  office  is  at  6  2 
Clark  street.  Should  you  desire  any  additional  informa- 
tion, I  shall  be  pleased  to  furnish  it. 

Yours  truly,  E.  A.  HESS, 

Southwestern  Pass.  Agent. 


14.  NEWARK,  N.  J.,  Sept.  2,  19 — . 

Mr.  ANDREW  JENKINS,   Bordentown,  N.  J. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  esteemed  favor  of  the  ythult.  to  hand, 
inclosing  sum  of  $40.00,  in  settlement  for  Invoices  Nos. 
7,  8,  9,  less  4  per  cent. ,  for  which  accept  thanks. 

Yours  truly,  J.  G.  HARRISON. 


152  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

15.  CHICAGO,  ILL.,  July  8,  19—. 

D.  F.  BRANCH,  Esq.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

DearSir, — The  inclosed  claim  No.  16574,  for  shortage  of 
a  lot  of  apples  in  shipment  from  St.  Louis  to  Chicago,  is 
respectfully  referred  to  you.  Please  take  this  case  to  the 
conductor  handling  the  freight  and  inquire  from  him  if 
the  car  met  with  any  rough  usage  en  route.  Return  all 
papers  with  result  of  your  investigation  at  the  earliest 
practicable  moment.  Yours  truly, 

G.  H.  LAKEMAN, 
Supt.  Wab.,  St.  L.  &  P.  Ry. 


16.  DETROIT,  MICH.,  June  4,  19 — . 

Mr.  J.  F.  BARRON,  Detroit. 

Dear  Sir, — In  reply  to  your  advertisement  in  today's 
Free  Press  for  a  stenographer,  I  beg  to  offer  you  my  serv- 
ices. I  have  had  an  experience  of  two  years  in  this  line 
of  work  with  Robinson  &  Co.  of  this  city,  and  would 
refer  you  to  them  for  any  testimony  of  character  or 
ability  you  may  require. 

Should  my  application  meet  your  approval,  I  shall 
endeavor  to  faithfully  and  promptly  fulfill  the  duties 
required  of  me. 

By  notifying  me  at  above  address  I  shall  be  happy 
to  call  at  your  office  at  any  time  you  may  designate. 

In  the  meantime,  I  remain, 

Yours  very  respectfully, 

H.  W.  WORKMAN. 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  153 

17.  PORT  HURON,  Mich.,  Apr.  10,  19 — . 

G.  W.  SPRAGUE,  Esq.,   Detroit,  Mich. 

Dear  Sir, — Please  send  at  once  by  Merchants'  Despatch 
to  Thibbets  &  Co.,  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  300  Ibs.  Brevier 
type  No.  14  with  italics;  120  Ibs.  Nonpareil  No.  14  with 
italics;  12  Ibs.  Small  Pica  and  two  fonts  Nonpareil  fullface 
No.  i.  This  is  only  part  of  order.  I  will  send  the  balance 
tomorrow  or  Wednesday.  Some  parties  have  just  come 
from  Chicago,  and  I  have  had  to  make  very  close  figures 
in  order  to  secure  the  trade. 

Please  send  as  soon  as  possible,  as  the  type  is  needed 
for  next  week's  paper.  Very  truly  yours, 

O.  M.  LAIDLAW. 


18.  DETROIT,  MICH.,  Dec.  14,  19 — . 

Mr.  JAMES  DICK,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  esteemed  order  of  the  loth  instant 
duly  to  hand,  and  shall  have  our  prompt  and  careful 
attention. 

New  cords  have  just  arrived,  and  we  take  pleasure  in 
inclosing  samples.  We  predict  large  sales  for  Nos.  88 1 
and  970.  They  have  been  in  the  market  but  a  short 
time,  and  are  selling  rapidly. 

Our  traveler,  Mr.  Lorden,  has  requested  us  to  forward 
samples  of  plush  also,  on  arrival;  we  are  sorry  to  say  we 
have  not  received  them  as  yet,  but  we  will  send  as  soon 
as  they  reach  us.  Trusting  to  receive  further  orders,  we 
remain,  Yours  truly,  HARWOOD  &  Co. 

I  ._ 


154  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

19.  PHILADELPHIA,  PA.,  Feb.  23,  19 — . 

MESSRS.  ROBERTS  &  CURRIE,  Boston,  Mass. 

Gentlemen, — Goods  went  forward  yesterday,  excepting 
four  bales  of  cotton,  which,  we  regret  to  say,  we  are 
entirely  out  of.  Owing  to  floods  in  the  south  it  is  al- 
most impossible  to  get  a  single  bale  at  present  here. 

We  will  forward  as  soon  as  we  receive  the  first  ship- 
ment, unless  order  is  countermanded. 

Trusting  this  will  be  satisfactory,  we  remain, 

Yours  truly,         WRIGHT  BROS.  &  Co. 


20.  WHEELING,  W.  Va.,  July  14,  19 — . 

Mr.  J.  BROWN,    Chicago,  111. 

Dear  Sir, — We  will  waive  top  of  column  for  Rheumatic 
Syrup  display,  but  you  must  not  fail  to  put  it  next  to 
reading  matter,  and  we  will  expect  you  to  g'Ve  it  top  of 
column  and  next  to  reading  matter  whenever  you  can. 
We  inclose  another  sheet  of  locals.  We  will  send  cut  to- 
day, and  we  kindly  ask  you  to  insert  this  week.  Please 
send  paper  to  our  office  to  prove  insertion. 

Very  truly  yours,  HENRY  JAMES, 

1 1 8  Washington  Ave. 


21.  MINNEAPOLIS,  MINN.,  Sept.  12,  19 — . 

GEO.  L.  SMITH,  Esq.,  Iowa  City,  la. 

Dear   Sir, — Can    you  use  a  car   of  Hoffman    &    Sons' 
flour?     We  have  on  hand  nearly  a  full  car  of  "Supreme." 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  155 

The  same  was  shipped  to  us  by  mistake;  we  would  be 
willing  to  dispose  of  it  at  a  low  figure  and  fill  up  the  car 
with  "H.  S."  I  believe  the  Jones  Grocery  Co.  has  a 
large  trade  established  on  this  brand  in  your  territory. 
Will  you  be  in  a  position  to  handle  this  ?  Please  answer 
at  once.  Yours  truly,  E.  A.  HALL. 


22.  OMAHA,  NEB.,  Dec.  13,  19 — . 

JOHNSON  CRACKER  FACTORY,  Waterloo,  Iowa. 

Gentlemen, — We  quote  you  Kansas  Winter  Wheat, 
straight  patents  f.  o.  b.  cars  Atchison,  at  $4.20  per  barrel 
in  sacks;  straight  patents  at  $3.60  per  barrel,  f.  o.  b. 
Omaha;  Colorado  patent  at  $4.10  f.  o.  b.  Omaha.  We 
make  a  specialty  of  supplying  cracker  factories,  and  are 
well  acquainted  with  the  grades  of  flour  desired  for  their 
work.  We  should  be  pleased  to  have  a  trial  order. 

Very  truly,  C.  F.  DALY. 


23.  NEW  YORK  CITY,  N.  Y. ,  Jan.  19,  19 — . 

Mr.  T.  J.  STEVENS,  Blair    Neb. 

Dear  Sir, — We  have  notice  that  parties  will  accept 
payment  for  their  loan,  and  we  will  prepare  your  papers 
at  once.  Please  send  us  a  little  description  of  your  land, 
showing  on  what  portion  of  the  farm  the  hay  and  corn 
are  raised;  also  locate  the  house.  Yours  truly, 

W.  A.  WHITE. 


156  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE    103. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  CONSOLIDATED  STEEL  SPRING  Co.,  ! 
YOUNGSTOWN,  OHIO,  Oct.  ii,  19 — .      \ 
JACKSOX  LOCOMOTIVE  WORKS,  Jackson,  Mich. 

Gentlemen, — Owing  to  the  growing  disposition  on  the  part 
of  consumers  to  procure  material  of  all  kinds  at  lower  prices, 
manufacturers  have  been  compelled  to  look  for  cheaper  grades 
of  material.  In  view  of  this  fact  we  have  decided  to  manu- 
facture springs  from  two  qualities  of  steel. 

We  have  always  used  and  advocated  crucible  cast  steel  in 
the  manufacture  of  railway,  locomotive  and  car  springs,  and 
experience  proves  that  in  the  end  it  is  the  most  durable,  and 
hence  the  most  economical;  some  railway  companies,  how- 
ever, have  adopted  an  analytical  as  well  as  a  physical  standard 
of  their  own  for  the  guidance  of  manufacturers,  which  permits 
the  use  of  steel  manufactured  in  bulk,  and  therefore  much 
cheaper  than  that  quality  of  steel  known  as  crucible. 

These  railroad  companies  ask  no  guaranty,  and  assume  no 
responsibility  for  the  springs  giving  good  service,  insisting 
only  that  the  springs  pass  the  physical  and  analytical  tests 
to  which  they  are  subjected  at  the  time  they  are  furnished. 

But,  as  a  comparison  of  value,  it  may  be  stated  that  crucible 
cast-steel  springs  are  now  in  service  and  in  good  condition 
that  have  been  in  constant  use  for  over  sixteen  years,  to  our 
knowledge. 

It  is  our  aim,  now  as  ever,  to  produce  the  best  and  most 
serviceable  springs  at  a  fair  and  reasonable  price.  We  shall 
use  the  highest  quality  of  crucible  cast  steel  as  heretofore,  and 
the  best  grade  of  special  steel,  and  our  patrons  can  depend 
upon  always  obtaining  from  us  just  what  they  order,  and  the 
best  of  its  kind,  leaving  it  optional  with  them  as  to  what 
quality  they  desire  to  use. 

The  difference  in  the  cost  of  the  springs  will  be  only  the 
difference  in  the  cost  of  the  material  used,  as  our  method  of 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  157 

manufacture  will  be  exactly  the  same  in  both  cases. 

We  shall   use   nothing  but   the  best   quality  of  crucible  cast 
steel  in  the  manufacture  of  our  locomotive  springs. 
We  are,  Very  truly  yours. 

THE  CONSOLIDATED  STEEL  SPRING  Co. 

EXERCISE   104. 

THE  TAHER  ROOFING  SLATE  COMPANY  OFFICE,  ) 
205  Broadway,  NEW  YORK,  Oct.  n,  19 — .      ) 

I).  I.  WAGAR,  Esq.,  Gen.  Mgr.  Can.  Pac.  Ry.,  Montreal,  P.  Q., , 

Dear  Sir, — If  your  company  is  erecting,  or  contemplating 
the  erection  of  any  buildings,  we  should  be  pleased  to  quote 
you  prices  of  roofing  slate  delivered  at  any  point. 

The  roofing  slate  manufactured  by  us  is  of  dark  blue-black 
color,  of  superior  strength  and  durability.  For  depots,  round 
houses,  machine  shops,  or  any  buildings  where  a  fire-proof 
material  is  desired,  this  slate  has  no  superior,  as  it  is  abso- 
lutely fire-proof. 

We  are  now  supplying  large  quantities  of  our  roofing  slate 
to  railroad  companies,  and  have  received  a  number  of  letters 
from  those  who  have  used  it,  testifying  to  its  merits. 

We  will  make  you  bottom  trade  prices.  By  purchasing 
your  slate  direct  from  the  manufacturers  you  not  only  get  it 
at  first  cost,  but  you  are  insured  as  to  quality,  and,  as  we 
make  only  one  quality,  the  best,  it  never  varies.  We  also 
manufacture  black  slate  floor  tile. 

We  are  making  a  specialty  of  the  best  grade  of  slate  nails  and 
roofing  felt,  which  we  would  supply  you  with  at  manufac- 
turer's prices. 

Your  correspondence  is  kindly  solicited,  and,  should  you 
favor  us  with  your  order,  it  will  receive  our  best  attention. 

Hoping  to  hear  from  you  in  the  near  future,  we  are, 
Very  truly  yours, 

THE  TABER  ROOFING  SLATE  Co 


158  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

HOW  TO  GAIN  SPEED. 

After   a    thorough    acquirement    of  the    principles  of 
Phonography,  how  to  gain  speed  for  practical  work,  in 
the  quickest  and  best  way,  is  the  next  subject  for  consider 
ation. 

If  you  are  not  attending  a  shorthand  school,  engage 
some  one  to  read  to  you,  for  dictation.  Do  not  de- 
pend upon  friends  to  help  you  out  in  this  matter;  for, 
except  in  rare  cases,  this  course  will  not  be  found 
satisfactory.  To  obtain  the  best  results,  the  dictation 
must  be  regular,  systematic,  and  of  sufficient  duration 
to  be  of  value  to  the  writer.  Three  hours  a  day  is  not 
too  much  for  dictation,  but  it  should  be  divided  by  in- 
tervals. The  writer  should  always  cease  practice  just 
short  of  fatigue,  for  nothing  will  be  gained  when  brain 
and  hand  are  alike  exhausted.  The  reader  should  be 
possessed  of  a  clear  and  distinct  utterance,  and  should 
adapt  his  dictation  to  your  speed,  reading  slowly  but  con- 
tinuously, at  first,  and  increasing  his  rate  of  speaking  to 
keep  pace  with  your  increased  speed  in  writing.  Reac 
back  what  you  have  written  every  fifteen  minutes  while 
the  dictation  is  in  progress,  and  the  next  day,  on  begin- 
ning work,  read  the  entire  matter  of  the  previous  day's 
dictation.  Amateur  stenographers  are  frequently  in  such 
haste  to  become  rapid  writers  that  they  are  inclined  to 
neglect  what  is  really  of  the  most  importance,  viz.,  the 
ability  to  translate  accurately  every  word  that  has  been 
dictated. 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  159 

If  you  intend  to  engage  in  office  work,  practice  on 
business  letters  bearing  upon  the  kind  of  work  in  which 
you  expect  to  engage,  should  your  position  be  already 
secured;  if  not,  practice  upon  general  business  letters. 
In  addition  to  those  given  in  the  Text-book,  excellent 
material  of  this  kind  may  be  found  in  Pernin's  Business 
Dictation  Book. 

Make  each  letter  or  other  article  a  separate  study  un- 
til it  can  be  written  absolutely  correctly  as  to  forma- 
tion of  characters,  proper  contractions,  phrasing,  etc.; 
then  rewrite  it  ten,  fifteen  or  twenty  times,  as  the  case 
may  require,  until  every  character,  contraction  and 
phrase  falls  readily  from  the  pen.  Always  bear  in  mind 
that  it  is  repetition  of  the  same  article  that  brings  up 
the  speed,  not  unlimited  wandering  over  a  wide  range 
of  new  matter.  Do  not  overlook  the  daily  practice  on 
the  alphabet  recommended  in  "Hints  to  Learners," 
and  go  over  each  phrase  and  simple  word -sign  again 
and  again  until  you  can  write  them  mechanically,  and 
without  thought  as  to  their  formation. 

-After  this  preparatory  practice  upon  speeches,  letters, 
newspaper  articles,  etc.,  and  when  a  speed  of  75  to  100 
words  per  minute  has  been  gained,  you  may  plume  your 
wings  for  a  higher  flight,  by  attempting  to  report  a 
speech  or  sermon.  Select  a  slow,  distinct  speaker  to  be- 
gin with,  and  put  yourself  in  a  position  to  hear  every 
syllable.  Do  not  start  with  the  expectation  of  taking  a 
verbatim  report,  or  you  will  be  disappointed  and  discour- 


160  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY, 

aged  over  your  first  attempt.  Endeavor  to  take  as  much  as 
possible  of  one  complete  sentence  before  attempting  an- 
other. Do  not  mind  if  the  speaker  gets  ahead  of  you. 
Be  calm  and  deliberate.  Remember  you  are  writing  for 
practice  only,  not  for  pay.  Start  again  when  he  begins 
another  sentence  and  take  down  as  much  of  it  as  you  can, 
so  that  when  you  come  to  transcribe  your  notes  the  result 
will  be  in  some  degree  satisfactory.  Repeat  this  for  a 
month  or  two,  keeping  up  other  practice  if  you  can  in  the 
meantime,  and  you  will  be  surprised  at  the  progress  you 
have  made,  and  the  increased  facility  with  which  you  can 
then  follow  the  speaker.  Embrace  every  opportunity 
afforded  you  for  further  improvement  by  attending  lec- 
tures, taking  sermons  in  church,  visiting  the  courts,  etc., 
still  keeping  up  private  practice  on  newspaper  articles, 
court  reports,  and  whatever  else  is  at  hand. 

Keep  all  your  notes,  private  memoranda  and  daily  ac- 
counts in  shorthand.  For  this  purpose,  the  literary  style, 
with  the  addition  of  the  simpler  contractions,  is  preferable. 
Carry  a  note-book  and  pencil  constantly  in  your  pocket, 
jot  down  conversations,  or  as  much  of  them  as  you  can, 
extracts  from  books  you  read,  and  the  like.  The  familiar- 
ity with  the  art  thus  gained  w.ll  be  invaluable  to  you  in 
future  work,  for,  of  course,  if  you  have  the  ability,  you 
are  not  going  to  stop  half-way  up  the  ladder  that  leads  to 
the  top  of  the  profession. 

Too  much  stress  cannot  be  laid  upon  the  necessity  of 
reading  shorthand  as  quickly  as  you  are  able  to  write  it. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  161 

This  can  be  done  only  by  reading  and  re-reading  every- 
thing that  is  written,  until  the  shorthand  characters  become 
as  familiar  to  you  as  the  printed  letters.  A  stenographer 
who  does  not  exceed  75  to  100  words  per  minute,  but 
who  can  transcribe  his  notes  rapidly  and  accurately,  is 
much  more  valuable  to  his  employer  than  he  who  takes  rap- 
icly  from  dictation  but  is  unable  to  transcribe  quickly; 
for  the  reason  that  the  former  can  accomplish  much  the 
greater  amount  of  work  during  the  day — the  object  in  em- 
ploying a  stenographer. 

Shorthand  students  can  gain  much  assistance  by  meet- 
ing together  for  practice  whenever  possible.  Ideas  and 
suggestions  are  thus  interchanged,  and  mutual  benefit  is 
derived. 

It  is  also  an  excellent  plan  for  each  stenographer  in  turn 
to  read  back  from  his  notes  while  the  others  write;  also  to 
exchange  books  and  read  from  each  other's  notes.  This 
gives  a  ready  familiarity  in  reading,  obtained  in  no  other 
way.  Whenever  you  meet  a  word  or  phrase  that  is  not 
easily  or  quickly  written,  encircle  it  for  reference,  and  at 
the  end  of  the  dictation  go  back  and  rewrite  it  until  it 
gives  you  no  further  trouble. 

When  ready  for  any  department  of  shorthand  work,  do 
not  sit  down  and  wait  for  a  position  with  a  large  salary 
attached,  but  take  advantage  of  the  first  opening  that  pre- 
sents itself  for  the  sake  of  the  actual  experience  it  will  give 
you.  To  gain  this  experience,  it  ic  even  advisable  to  offer 
your  services  free  for  a  time,  until  yoT!  feel  sure  that  your 


162  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

work  is  entirely  satisfactory.  You  will  find  that  experience 
'  is  the  golden  key  that  will  open  many  doors  otherwise  closed 
to  you,  and  this,  with  the  confidence  in  your  own  ability 
thus  acquired,  will  contribute  greatly  to  your  future  suc- 
cess. Remember  always,  that  you  cannot  expect  to  re- 
ceive the  wages  of  skilled  labor  for  unskilled  effort,  and 
that  in  shorthand,  as  well  as  in  all  other  departments  of 
work,  you  must  expect  to  serve  your  apprenticeship. 

Want  of  space  forbids  the  insertion  of  many  practical 
hints  to  stenographers.  The  student,  as  well  as  the  aman- 
uensis and  reporter,  will,  however,  derive  great  benefit 
from  PERNIN'S  MONTHLY  STENOGRAPHER,  which  is  de- 
signed to  supplement  the  instruction  given  in  the  text 
book.  Each  number  contains  several  pages  of  engraved 
shorthand  articles  for  dictation,  and  advice  by  experienced 
teachers  and  practical  stenographers.  Besides  these,  each 
volume  contains  a  full  course  of  lessons  arranged  differently 
from  the  text  book,  thus  presenting  new  illustrations  of 
the  principles.  The  shorthand  business  letters  in  the 
STENOGRAPHER  are  taken  from  Pernin's  Business  Dic- 
tation Book,  and  afford  valuable  matter  for  reading 
and  writing  practice.  A  series  of  shorthand  pamphlets  in 
the  corresponding  and  reporting  styles  of  the  Pernin  sys- 
tem are  now  for  sale  at  prices  which  place  them  within  the 
reach  of  all.  Every  live  stenographer  who  wishes  to  rise 
in  his  profession  will  embrace  these  opportunities  for  ad- 
vancement. 


JERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  163 

EXERCISE  105. 
DICKENS  AS  A  SHORTHAND  WRITER. 

I  did  not  allow  my  resolution  with  respect  to  Parliamentary 
Debates  to  cool.  It  was  one  of  the  irons  I  began  to  heat 
immediately,  and  one  of  the  irons  I  kept  hot  and  hammered 
at  with  a  perseverance  I  may  honestly  admire.  I  bought  an 
approved  scheme  of  the  noble  art  and  mystery  of  Stenography 
(which  cost  me  ten  and  sixpence),  and  plunged  into  a  sea  of 
perplexity  that  brought  me  in  a  few  weeks  to  the  confines  of 
distraction.  The  changes  that  were  rung  upon  dots,  which  in 
such  a  position  meant  such  a  thing,  and  in  such  another 
position  meant  something  else  entirely  different,  the  wonder- 
ful vagaries  that  were  played  by  circles,  the  unaccountable 
consequences  that  resulted  from  marks  like  flies'  legs,  the 
tremendous  effects  of  a  curve  in  the  wrong  place,  not  only 
troubled  my  waking  hours  but  reappeared  before  me  in  my 
sleep.  When  I  groped  my  way  blindly  through  these  difficul- 
ties and  had  mastered  the  alphabet,  which  was  an  Egyptian 
temple  in  itself,  there  then  appeared  a  procession  of  new 
horrors  called  arbitrary  characters,  the  most  despotic  char- 
acters I  have  ever  known,  who  insisted,  for  instance,  that  a 
thing  like  the  beginning  of  a  cobweb  meant  expectation,  and 
that  a  pen  and  ink  skyrocket  stood  for  disadvantageous. 
When  I  had  fixed  these  articles  in  my  mind,  I  found  that  they 
had  driven  everything  else  out  of  it;  then,  beginning  again, 
I  forgot  them ;  while  picking  them  up  I  dropped  the  other 
fragments  of  the  system ;  in  short,  it  was  almost  heart-break- 
ing. 

It  might  have  been  quite  heart-breaking  but  for  Dora,  who 
was  the  stay  and  anchor  of  my  tempest-driven  bark.  Every 
scratch  in  the  scheme  was  a  gnarled  oak  in  the  forest  of 


164  PRRNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY 

EXERCISE     1  06. 


^ 

j 


-v    j     6 
—  ^      v 


/ 


-f- 


If 


V 


PERN1N  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHV.  165 

difficulty,  and  I  went  on  cutting  them  down  one  after  the  othei 
with  such  vigor  that  in  three  or  four  months  I  was  in  a  condi- 
tion to  make  an  experiment  on  one  of  our  crack  speakers  in 
the  Commons.  Shall  I  ever  forget  how  the  crack  speaker 
walked  off  from  me  before  I  began,  and  left  my  ;mbecile 
pencil  staggering  about  the  paper  as  if  it  were  in  a  fit?  This 
would  not  do,  it  was  quite  clear.  I  was  flying  too  high  and 
should  not  get  on  so.  I  resorted  to  Traddles  for  advice,  who 
suggested  that  he  should  dictate  speeches  to  me,  at  a  pace  and 
with  occasional  stoppages  adapted  to  my  weakness.  Very 
grateful  for  this  friendly  aid,  I  accepted  the  proposal,  and 
night  after  night,  almost  every  night  and  for  a  long  time,  we 
had  a  sort  of  a  private  Parliament  in  Buckingham  Street,  after 
I  came  home  from  the  Doctor's. 

I  should  like  to  see  such  a  Parliament  anywhere  else.  My 
aunt  and  Mr.  Dick  represented  the  Government  or  the  Op- 
position (as  the  case  might  be),  and  Traddles,  with  the  assistance 
of  "Enfield's  Speaker,"  or  a  volume  of  Parliamentary  orations, 
thundered  astonishing  invectives  against  them.  Standing  by 
the  table,  with  his  finger  in  the  page  to  keep  the  place,  and 
his  right  arm  flourishing  about  his  head,  Traddles  as  Mr. 
Pitt,  Mr.  Fox,  Mr.  Sheridan,  Mr.  Burke,  Lord  Castlereagh, 
Viscount  Sidmouth,  or  Mr.  Canning,  would  work  himself 
into  the  most  violent  heats,  and  delivered  the  most  withering 
denunciations  of  the  profligacy  and  corruption  of  my  aunt 
And  Mr.  Dick,  while  I  used  to  sit  at  a  little  distance  with  my 
note-book  on  my  knee,  fagging  after  him  with  all  my  might 
and  main. 

The  inconsistency  and  recklessness  of  Traddles  was  not  to 
be  exceeded  by  any  real  politician.  He  was  for  any  descrip- 
tion of  policy  within  the  compass  of  a  week,  and  nailed  all 
sorts  of  colors  to  every  denomination  of  mast.  My  aunt, 
looking  very  like  an  immovable  Chancellor  of  the  Exchequer, 
would  occasionally  throw  in  an  interruption  or  two,  as 


i66  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE    1 06 CONTINUED. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  167 

"Hear!"  or  "No!  "  or  "Oh!"  when  the  text  seemed 
to  require  it,  which  was  always  a  signal  to  Mr.  Dick  (a  per- 
fect country  gentleman),  to  follow  lustily  with  the  same  cry. 
But  Mr.  Dick  got  taxed  with  such  things  in  the  course  of  hi? 
Parliamentary  career,  and  was  made  responsible  for  such  awful 
consequences,  that  he  became  uncomfortable  in  his  mind  some- 
times. I  believe  he  actually  began  to  be  afraid  he  really  had 
been  doing  something  tending  to  the  annihilation  of  the 
British  constitution  and  the  ruin  of  the  country.  Often  and 
often,  we  pursued  these  debates  until  the  clock  pointed  to 
midnight  and  the  candles  were  burning  low.  The-  result  qf 
so  much  good  practice  was  that  by-and-by  I  began  to  keep 
pace  with  Traddles  pretty  well,  and  should  have  been  quite 
triumphant  if  I  had  the  least  idea  what  my  notes  were  about. 
But  as  to  reading  them  after  I  got  them,  I  might  as  well  have 
copied  the  Chinese  inscriptions  on  an  immense  collection 
of  tea-chests  or  the  golden  characters  on  all  the  great  red  and 
green  bottles  in  the  chemists'  shops.  There  was  nothing  for 
it  but  to  turn  back  and  begin  all  over  again.  It  was  very  hard, 
but  I  turned  back,  though  with  a  heavy  heart,  and  began 
laboriously  and  methodically  to  plod  over  the  same  tedious 
ground  at  a  snail's  pace;  stopping  to  examine  minutely  every 
speck  in  the  way  on  all  sides,  and  making  the  most  desperate 
efforts  to  know  these  elusive  characters  by  sight  wherever  I 
met  them.  1  was  always  punctual  at  the  office ;  at  the  Doctor's 
too;  and  I  really  did  work,  as  the  common  expression  is,  like 
a  cart-horse.  DAVID  COPPERFIELD. 


i68  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  107. 
DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 

When  in  the  course  of  human  events  it  becomes  necessary 
for  one  people  to  dissolve  the  political  bands  which  have 
connected  them  with  another,  and  to  assume,  among  the 
powers  of  the  earth,  the  separate  and  equal  station  to  which 
the  laws  of  nature  and  Nature's  God  entitle  them,  a  decent  re- 
spect to  the  opinions  of  mankind  requires  that  they  should 
declare  the  causes  which  impel  them  to  the  separation. 

We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident :  That  all  men 
are  created  equal;  that  they  are  endowed  by  their  Creator  with 
certain  inalienable  rights;  that  among  these  are  life,  liberty, 
and  the  pursuit  of  happiness.  That  to  secure  these  rights, 
governments  are  instituted  among  men,  deriving  their  just 
powers  from  the  consent  of  the  governed  :  that  whenever  any 
form  of  government  becomes  destructive  of  these  ends,  it  is 
the  right  of  the  people  to  alter  or  to  abolish  it,  and  to  insti- 
tute a  new  government,  laying  its  foundation  on  such  prin- 
ciples, and  organizing  its  powers  in  such  form  as  to  them 
shall  seem  most  likely  to  effect  their  safety  and  happiness. 
Prudence,  indeed,  will  dictate  that  governments  long  established 
should  not  be  changed  for  light  and  transient  causes ,  and  ac- 
cordingly all  experience  hath  shown  that  mankind  are  more 
disposed  to  suffer,  while  evils  are  sufferable,  than  to  right 
themselves,  by  abolishing  the  forms  to  which  they  are  accus- 
tomed. But  when  a  long  train  of  abuses  and  usurpations, 
pursuing  invariably  the  same  object,  evinces  a  design  to 
reduce  them  under  absolute  despotism,  it  is  their  right, 
h  is  their  duty,  to  throw  off  such  government,  and  to  pro- 
vide new  guards  for  their  future  security.  Such  has  been  the 
patient  sufferance  of  these  colonies,  and  such  is  now  the  ne- 
cessity which  constrains  them  to  alter  their  former  systems  of 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  169 

EXERCISE   1  08. 


j    \    _^~^^     5^ 


V 


s 


U 


tyO  PEkNlN's    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

government.  The  history  of  the  present  king  of  Great  Britain 
is  a  history  of  repeated  injuries  and  usurpations,  all  having  in 
direct  object  the  establishment  of  an  absolute  tyranny  over 
these  States.  To  prove  this,  let  facts  be  submitted  to  a  candid 
world  : 

He  has  refused  his  assent  to  laws  the  most  wholesome  and 
necessary  for  the  public  good. 

He  has  forbidden  his  governors  to  pass  laws  of  Immediate 
and  pressing  importance,  unless  suspended  in  their  operations 
till  his  assent  should  be  obtained;  and  when  so  suspended,  he 
has  utterly  neglected  to  attend  to  them.  He  has  refused  to  pass 
other  laws  for  the  accommodation  of  large  districts  of  people, 
unless  those  people  would  relinquish  the  right  of  representa- 
tion in  the  legislature — a  right  inestimable  to  them,  and 
formidable  to  tyrants  only. 

He  has  called  together  legislative  bodies  at  places  unusual, 
uncomfortable,  and  distant  from  the  repository  of  the  public 
records,  for  the  sole  purpose  of  fatiguing  them  into  complying 
with  his  measures. 

He  has  dissolved  representative  houses  repeatedly  for  oppos- 
ing, with  manly  firmness,  his  invasions  on  the  rights  of  the 
people. 

He  has  refused,  for  a  long  time  after  such  dissolution,  to  tause 
others  to  be  elected  ;  whereby  the  legislative  powers,  incapable 
of  annihilation  have  returned  to  the  people  at  large  for  their 
exercise,  the  state  remaining,  in  the  meantime,  exposed  toall  the 
dangers  of  invasion  from  without  and  convulsions  from  within. 

He  has  endeavored  to  prevent  the  population  of  these 
States;  for  that  purpose  obstructing  the  laws  of  naturalization 
of  foreigners ;  refusing  to  pass  others  to  encourage  their  mi- 
gration hither,  and  raising  the  conditions  of  new  appropri- 
ations of  lands. 

He  has  obstructed  the  administration  of  justice  by  refus- 
ing his  assent  to  laws  for  establishing  judiciary  powers. 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  171 

EXERCISE    Io8 CONTINUED. 


V 


XXs* — ^ 

-\_        c        o         / 

i  V 


172  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

He  has  made  judges  dependent  on  his  will  alone  for  the 
tenure  of  their  offices  and  the  amount  and  payment  of  their 
salaries. 

He  has  erected  a  multitude  of  new  offices,  and  sent  hither 
swarms  of  officers  to  harass  our  people  and  eat  out  their  sub- 
stance. 

He  has  kept  among  us  in  times  of  peace,  standing  armies, 
without  the  consent  of  our  legislatures. 

He  has  effected  to  render  the  military  independent  of,  and 
superior  to,  the  civil  power. 

He  has  combined  with  others  to  subject  us  to  a  jurisdic- 
tion foreign  to  our  Constitution,  and  unacknowledged  by  our 
laws  giving  his  assent  to  their  pretended  acts  of  legislation: 

For  quartering    large    bodies   of   armed    troops    among    us: 

For  protecting  them  by  a  mock  trial  from  punishment  for 
any  murders  which  they  should  commit  on  the  inhabitants  of 
these  States . 

For  cutting  off  our  trade  with  all  parts  of  the  world: 

For  imposing  taxes  on  us  without  our  consent: 

For  depriving  us,  in  many  cases,  of  the  benefits  of  trial  by 
jury: 

For  transporting  us  beyond  seas  to  be  tried  for  pretended 
offences : 

For  abolishing  the  free  system  of  English  laws  in  the 
neighboring  province,  establishing  therein  an  arbitrary 
government,  and  enlarging  its  boundaries,  so  as  to  render  it 
at  once  an  example  and  fit  instrument  for  introducing  the 
same  absolute  rule  into  these  colonies. 

For  taking  away  our  charters,  abolishing  our  most  valuable 
laws,  and  altering,  fundamentally,  the  forms  of  our  govern- 
ment : 

For  suspending  our  own  legislatures,  and  declaring  them- 
selves invested  with  power  to  legislate  for  us  in  all  cases  what- 
soever. 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  17? 

He  has  abdicated  government  here  by  declaring  us  out  of 
nis  protection  and  waging  war  against  us. 

He  has  plundered  our  seas,  ravaged  our  coasts,  burnt  our 
towns,  and  destroyed  the  lives  of  our  people. 

He  is  at  this  time  transporting  large  armies  of  foreign  mer- 
cenanes  to  complete  the  works  of  death,  desolation,  and 
tyranny  already  begun,  with  circumstances  of  cruelty  and 
perfidy  scarcely  paralleled  in  the  most  barbarous  ages,  and 
totally  unworthy  the  head  of  a  civilized  nation. 

He  has  constrained  our  fellow-citizens,  taken  captive  on  the 
high  seas,  to  bear  arms  against  their  country,  to  become  the 
executioners  of  their  friends  and  brethren,  or  to  fall  themselves 
by  their  hands. 

He  has  excited  domestic  insurrections  among  us,  and  has 
endeavored  to  bring  on  the  inhabitants  of  our  frontiers  the 
merciless  Indian  savages,  whose  known  rule  of  warfare  is  an 
undistinguished  destruction  of  all  ages,  sexes  and  conditions. 

In  every  stage  of  these  oppressions  we  have  petitioned  for 
redress  in  the  most  humble  terms;  our  repeated  petitions  have 
been  answered  only  by  repeated  injury.  A  prince  whose 
character  is  thus  marked  by  every  act  which  may  define  a 
tyrant  is  unfit  to  be  the  ruler  of  a  free  people. 

Nor  have  we  been  wanting  in  attention  to  our  British 
brethren.  We  have  warned  them,  from  time  to  time,  of  at- 
%empts  by  their  legislature  to  extend  an  unwarrantable  jurisdic- 
tion over  us.  We  have  reminded  them  of  the  circumstances 
of  our  emigration  and  settlement  here.  We  have  appealed  to 
their  native  justice  and  magnanimity,  and  we  have  conjured 
them  by  the  ties  of  our  common  kindred  to  disavow  these 
usurpations,  which  would  inevitably  interrupt  our  connections 
and  correspondence.  They,  too,  have  been  deaf  to  the  voice  of 
justice  and  consanguinity.  We  must,  therefore,  acquiesce  in  the 
necessity  which  denounces  our  separation,  and  hold  them,  as  we 
hold  the  rest  of  mankind,  enemies  in  war,  in  peace  friends- 


174  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY; 

We,  therefore,  the  representatives  of  the  United  .States  of 
America,  in  General  Congress  assembled,  appealing  to  the 
Supreme  Judge  of  the  world  for  the  rectitude  of  our  intentions, 
do,  in  the  name  and  by  the  authority  of  the  good  people  of 
these  colonies,  solemnly  publish  and  declare,  that  these  United 
Colonies  are,  and  of  right  ought  to  be,  free  and  independent. 
States;  that  they  are  absolved  from  all  allegiance  to  the  British 
Crown,  and  that  all  political  connection  between  them  and 
the  State  of  Great  Britain  is,  and  ought  to  be,  totally  dissolved  ; 
and  that  as  free  and  independent  States,  they  have  full  power 
to  levy  war,  conclude  peace,  contract  alliances,  establish  com- 
merce, and  do  all  other  acts  and  things,  which  independent 
States  may  of  right  do.  And  for  the  support  of  this  declara- 
tion, with  a  firm  reliance  on  the  protection  of  Divine  Prov- 
idence, we  mutually  pledge  to  each  other  our  lives,  our  for- 
tunes, and  our  sacred  honor. 

EXERCISE  109. 
DETACHED  SELECTIONS. 

Every  man  naturally  desireth  to  know;  but  what  doth 
knowledge  avail  without  the  fear  of  God?  Truly,  a  lowly 
rustic  that  serveth  God  is  better  than  a  proud  philosophei 
who  pondereth  the  courses  of  the  stars  and  neglecteth  him- 
self. 

If  I  knew  all  things  that  are  in  the  world,  and  were  not  in 
charity,  what  would  it  profit  one  in  the  sight  of  God,  who 
will  judge  according  to  deeds? 

Many  words  do  not  satisfy  the  soul;  but  a  good  life  giveth 
ease  to  the  mind,  and  a  pure  conscience  affordeth  great 
confidence  toward  God.  Knowledge  is  not  to  be  blamed, 
nor  simple  acquaintance  with  things,  good  in  itself  and  or- 
dained by  God;  but  a  good  conscience  and  a  virtuous  life 
are  always  to  be  preferred 


PERN IN S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  175 

EXERCISE    110. 


V 


V 


'  \ 


o 


o— 


4 


\ 


176  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

He  is  truly  great  who  hath  great  charity.  He  is  truly  great 
who  is  little  in  his  own  eyes  and  counteth  for  nothing  all 
the  heights  of  honor.  And  he  is  truly  most  learned  who 
doth  the  will  of  God  and  forsaketh  his  own  will. 

Without  charity  the  outward  work  profiteth  nothing;  hut 
whatever  is  done  out  of  charity,  be  it  ever  so  little  and  con- 
temptible, it  is  all  made  fruitful;  inasmuch  as  God  regardeth 
more  out  of  how  much  love  a  man  doth  a  work  than  how 
much  he  doth.  He  doth  much  who  loveth  much.  He  doth 
much  who  doth  well  what  he  hath  to  do.  He  doth  well  who 
regardeth  the  common  good  rather  than  his  own  will. 

No  man  can  safely  speak  but  he  who  loves  silence.  No 
man  can  safely  command  but  he  who  has  learned  to  obey. 
No  man  can  rejoice  securely  but  he  who  hath  the  testimony 
of  a  good  conscience  within. 

Weak  minded  and  inconstant  people  often  say,  "See  what  a 
happy  life  that  man  leadeth !  how  rich  he  is,  how  great,  how 
powerful  and  exalted!"  But  take  heed  to  heavenly  riches, 
and  thou  wilt  see  that  all  these  temporal  ones  are  nothing; 
yea,  most  uncertain,  and  rather  a  heavy  burden,  since  they 
never  are  possessed  without  solicitude  and  fear. 

By  two  wings  is  man  lifted  above  earthly  things,  viz :  by 
simplicity  and  purity.  Simplicity  must  be  in  the  intention, 
purity  in  the  affection.  A  pure  heart  penetrates  Heaven  and 
Hell. 

Have  a  good  conscience  and  thou  shalt  always  have  joy. 
Never  rejoice  except  when  thou  hast  done  well. 

Great  tranquillity  of  heart  hath  he  who  careth  neither  for 
praise  nor  blame. 

What  thou  art,  that  thou  art;  nor  canst  thou  be  said  to  be 
greater  than  God  seeth  thee  to  be. 

All  things  pass  away  and  thou,  too,  along  with  them.  See 
to  it  how  it  stands  with  thee  in  the  next  life.  Man  to-day  is, 
and  to-morrow  is  seen  no  more.  THOMAS  A-KEMPIJ?. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  177 

EXERCISE  IIO — CONTINUED. 


L  I 


6    *• 


o 


-  5  Y   -o 

^—^^ 

t    \  \   L  % 


t»-   )y 


r      ^    ^-~ 

u       ^       a1—  Xj   Xj3    /         x'"^v  ^\       X 

60         1^1 

L    •>    x^ — ' 

UN  5 

-  ^  1,' 


/- 


^ 


B 


/7__         ^P 


J;.V-JV? 


-  -  VJ 

X^  2^-  Uv-''' 

^     ^  \W 

X    ^        o_      cr-       "      ^ 


\7 


> 


A. 


i78 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


PARTIAL  LIST  OF  LEGAL  TERMS  AND  PHRASES. 
Administrator          0 — j  client 


administratrix         ° 
advisory  > 


y 


affidavit 

agree-ment-gate 

arbitrate-tion 

bankrupt-cy 

benefit-cial 

bequest-bequeath 

bondsman  K 

I 
bounty-ful 


commission 

controversy  \ 

decision  —s~* 

defendant  ^ 

delinquent-cy / 

demurrer  v 

Deputy  1 


district  \^ 

evidence 

executor  ^ 


calculate 


executrix 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 


179 


guilty                        ^/ 

party 

I 

illega'                          ^x~ 

partnership 

(^ 

c 

immaterial                <~Z— 

patent 

*- 

incompetent-cy       ^_ 

patentee 

^ 

plaintiff 

^ 

injure                      \^,  —  ^ 

\0 

insolvent-cy             ~~\ 

predecessor 

1  ^ 

< 

schedule 

^-~ 

inspect-ed-tion 

statute-ory 

V 

intoxicate                 *>  —  Q 

verdict 

V 

landlord                 /^  — 

(  swear 

legal 

•<  swore 

^ 

(_  sworn 

maximum                  "ov 

technical 

-? 

mortgage                   / 

K. 

(  vacate 

mortgagee                6 

I  vacant-cy 

> 

roortgagor               ^ 

witness 

$ 

180  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 


LEGAL,   PHRASES. 


Chief  Justice  Member  of  Congress 

~"~"  2 

Counsel  for  Complainant  Notary  Public 


Couns  1  for  Defendant 


County  Clerk 

2^ 

County  Commissioner 

* 

Court  of  Claims 


Cross  examination 


District  Attorney 

~a—> 

Gentlemen  of  the  Jury 
House  of  Representatives 

^\ 

Justice  of  the  Peace 


Police  Court. 
Police  Justice 
Supreme  Court 
Surrogate  Court 

.    I 

Trial  by  Jury 
United  States  Court 


United  States  of  America 


United  States  Senate 


Vice  President 


Note. — For    additional  legal    terms   and   phrases    see 
Phrase-book. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  181 

EXERCISE   III. 
PARTNERSHIP  AGREEMENT. 

This  agreement,  made  this  fifth  day  of  August,  19 — ,  between 
Thomas  H.  Smith,  of  Charleston,  S.  C.,  of-the  one  part,  and 
Charles  T.  Cullen,  of-the-same  place,  of-the  other  part,  witness- 
eth  • 

The  said  parties  agree  to-associate  themselves  as  co-partners, 
for  a  period  of  five  years  from-this  date,  in-the  business  of  buy- 
ing and  selling  hardware  and-such  other  goods  and  commodities 
as  belong  in-that  line  of  trade;  the  name  and  style  of-the  firm 
to-be  Smith  &  Cullen. 

For-the  purpose  of  conducting  the  business  of-the  above 
named  partnership,  Thomas  H.  Smith  has,  at-the-date  of-this 
writing,  invested  Five  Thousand  Dollars,  as  capital  stock, 
and-the  said  Charles  T.  Cullen  has  paid  in  the  like  sum  of  Five 
Thousand  Dollars,  both  of-which  amounts  are  to-be  expended 
and  used  in  common  for-the  mutual  advantage  of-the  parties 
hereto  in-the  management  of-their  business. 

It-is  hereby  also  agreed  by  both  parties  hereto,  that-they- 
will-not,  while  associated  as  co-partners,  follow  any  avocation 
or  trade  to-their-own  private  advantage,  but  will,  throughout 
the  entire  period  of  co-partnership,  put-forth-their  utmost  and 
best  efforts  for-their  mutual  advantage  and-the  increase  of-the 
capital  stock. 

That-the  details  of-the  business  may-be  thoroughly  under- 
stood by  each,  it-is  agreed  that,  during  the  aforesaid  period, 
accurate  and  full  book  accounts  shall-be  kept,  wherein  each 
partner  shall  record,  or  cause  to-be  entered  and  recorded,  full 
mention  of-all  money  received  and  expended,  as-well-as  every 
article  purchased  and  sold  belonging  to,  or  in  anywise  ap- 
pertaining to-such  partnership;  the  gains,  profits,  expendi- 
tures and  losses  being  equally  divided  between-them.  It-is 
further  agreed  that  once  every  year  or  oftener,  should  either 


182  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE   112. 

-          £  — >    ^     //- 


0- 


Ip 


1 


U, 


-  1 


2. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  183 

party  desire,  a-full,  just  and  accurate  exhibit  shall-be  made 
to-each  other,  or  to-their  executors,  administrators,  or  repre* 
sentatives,  of-the  losses,  receipts,  profits  and  increase  made  b} 
reason  of,  or  arising  from,  such  co-partnership.  And,  aftei 
such  exhibit  is  made,  the  surplus  profit,  if-such  there-be,  re- 
sulting from-the  business,  shall-be  divided  between  the  sub- 
scribing partners,  share  and  share  alike. 

Either  party  hereto  shall  be  allowed  to-draw  a  sum,  the  first 
year,  not  exceeding  six  hundred  dollars  per  annv.m,  from-the 
capital  stock  of-the  firm,  in  monthly  installments  of  fifty  dol- 
lars each,  which  amount  may-be  increased  by  subsequent 
agreement. 

And  further,  should  either  party  desire,  or  should  death  of 
either  of-the  parties,  or  other  reasons,  make  it  necessary,  they, 
the  said  co-partners,  will  each  to-the  other,  or,  in-case  of  death 
of-either,  the  surviving  party  to-the  executors  or  adminis- 
trators of-the  party  deceased,  make  a-full,  accurate  and  final 
account  of-the  condition  of-the  partnership  as  aforesaid,  and- 
will  fairly  and  accurately  adjust  the-same.  And  also,  upon 
taking  an  inventory  of-said  capital  stock,  with  increase  and 
profit  thereon,  which-shall  appear  or  is  found-to-be  remaining, 
all-such  remainder  shall-be  equally  apportioned  and  divided 
between-them,  the  said  co-partners,  their  executors  or  admin- 
istrators, share  and  share  alike. 

It-is  also  agreed,  that  in-case  of-a  misunderstanding  arising 
with  the  partners  hereto,  which-cannot-be  settled  between- 
themselves,  such  difference  of  opinion  shall-be  settled  by 
arbitration,  upon  the  following  conditions,  to-wit:  Each 
party  to-choose  one  arbitrator,  which  two  thus  elected  shaJl 
choose  a  third;  the  three  thus  chosen  to-determine  the-merits 
of-the  case,  and  arrange  the-basis  of-a  settlement. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  undersigned  hereto  set-their  hands, 
the  day  and  year  first  above  written.  THOMAS  H.  SMITH. 

CHARLES  T.  CULLEN. 
Signed  in  presence  of 

D.  L.  SILLERS. 

E.  A.  KENNEDY. 


184 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 
EXERCISE  112  —  CONTINUED. 


f 


</ 


«\ 


•f 


-v- 


> 


°l 


._         I 
^ 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 
EXERCISE  1  1  2  —  CONTINUED. 


.7 


185 


f 


s-~     y 


b— 


9   -^ 
V   -  1 


14 


r&6  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  113. 
FORM  OF  WILL. 

The  last  will  ot-me,  John  Vinton,  of-the-town  of  Oxford,  in- 
the  county  of  Oakland,  and  State  of  Michigan,  being  of  sound 
mind  at-the-time  of  making  and  publishing  this  my  last  will 
and  testament. 

I-give  and  devise  all-my  estate,  real  and  personal,  whereof 
I-may-die  seized  or  possessed,  to  James  Brown,  of-the  said 
town  of  Oxford,  and  Thomas  Wilson,  of-the-same  place,  to- 
have  and  to-hold  the  same  to-themselves,  their  heirs  and  as- 
signs forever,  upon  the  uses  and  trusts  following,  namely: 

In-trust,  first,  to-pay  all-my  debts  and  funeral  expenses; 

Second,  to-pay  to-my  wife,  Mary,  upon  her  sole  and  sepa- 
rate receipts,  the  interest,  income,  and  revenue  of-all  my  said 
estate,  during  the  term  of-her  natural  life; 

And,  third,  upon  the  decease  of  my  said  wife,  to  convert 
all-my  said  estate  into  money,  if  such-a  course  shall-be  thought 
best  by  my  said  trustees,  and  to-pay  to-my  daughter,  Ellen, 
the  one-third  part  thereof,  it  seeming  to-me  best  to-give  her 
so  large  a-share  on-account-of-her  inability  to  provide  for 
herself;  and-the  remaining  two-thirds  to-be  equally  divided 
between  my  four  sons,  Frederick,  Stephen,  James,  and  John. 

If  either  of-my  children  shall,  before  such  division,  have 
died,  leaving  lawful  issue,  such  issue  to-receive  the  parent's 
share,  but,  if-there-be  no  issue,  then  such  share  to-fall  into-the 
general  fund,  to-be  divided  among  the-survivors  in-the  man- 
ner before  directed. 

And  I-hereby  give  to-my  said  trustees  full  power  and 
authority  to-sell  any  or  all-of-my  real  estate  at  private  or 
public  sale,  and  invest  the  proceeds,  or  lease  the  same,  as- 
they-may  deem  best  for-the  interest  of-my  family. 


PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  187 

And  if  my  daughter  Ellen  shall-not-have  attained  the  age  of 
twenty-one  upon-the  decease  of-her  mother,  I-hereby  nomi- 
nate, constitute,  and  appoint  my  said  trustees  guardians  of-the 
person  and  estate  of-my  said  daughter,  Ellen,  during  the 
remainder  of-her  minority,  commending  her  to-their  fatherly 
care  and  protection. 

And  I-hereby  constitute  James  Brown  and  Thomas  Wilson 
my  executors  of-this  my  last  will  and  testament. 

In-witness  whereof,  I-have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal, 
this  third  day  of  April,  in-the  year  19 — . 

JOHN  VINTON. 

Signed,  sealed,  published,  and  declared  by  John  Vinton, 
the  testator  above  named,  as  and-for  his  last  will  and  testa- 
ment, in-the  presence  of  us,  who,  in-his  presence,  at-his  re- 
quest, and-in-the  presence  of-each  other,  have  hereunto  set- 
our  names  as  witnesses. 

Witnesses :     N.  H. 
F.  S. 

EXERCISE  114. 
FORM  OP  ASSIGNMENT. 

This  assignment  made  this  fifth  day  of  March,  19 — ,  wit- 
nesseth : 

That  Caleb  Johnston,  of  Adrian,  Mich.,  in  consideration  of 
the  sum  of  $1,000  (the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby 'acknowl- 
edged), assigns,  transfers,  and  sets  over  to  Eben  Fox,  of  Lan- 
sing, Mich,  (his  executors,  administrators  and  assigns),  all  his 
titles  and  interests  in  and  rights  under,  accounts, debts,  demands, 
goods,  merchandise,  notes,  wares,  etc.,  etc.  (according  to  the 
iiature  of  the  property  scheduled),  set  forth  in  the  schedules 
~rarked  A,  B,  C,  etc.,  attached  to  and  made  a  part  of  this 
assignment. 


l88  PERNIN'S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

That  said  Caleb  Johnston  gives  Eben  Fox  (his  executors, 
administrators,  and  assigns)  the  full  power  to  ask,  demand, 
collect,  receive,  receipt  for,  compound  and  give  acquittance 
for  the  same  or  any  part  thereof,  and  in  said  assignor's  name, 
or  otherwise,  but  at  his  or  their  costs,  to  prosecute  any  and 
withdraw  any  suits  at  law  or  in  equity  thereof. 

Given  under  my  hand  and  seal,  at  Adrian,  Mich.,  the  day 
and  year  first  above  mentioned. 

CALEB  JOHNSTON. 


EXERCISE  115. 
FORM  OF  LEASE. 

This  agreement  or  lease,  made  this  third  day  of  April,  be- 
tween  Abner   Smith,  of   Greenfield,  Ohio,   party   of  the   first 
part,  and  Chas.  Daniels,  of  Dearborn,  Ohio,  party  of  the  sec 
ond  part,  witnesseth  : 

That  the  said  party  of  the  first  part  does  by  these  presents 
lease  to  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  the  following  de- 
scribed property,  to-wit:  [Describe  property.] 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same  to  the  said  party  of  the  second 
part,  from  the  fifth  day  of  April,  19 — ,  to  the  fifth  day  of 
Apr^,  19—. 

And  the  said  party  of  the  second  part  covenants  and  agrees 
with  the  party  of  the  first  part  to  pay  the  said  party  of  the 
first  part,  as  rent  for  the  same,  the  sum  of  $800,  payable  as 
follows,  to-wit:  [State  the  times  and  terms  of  payment.] 

The  said  party  of  the  second  part  further  covenants  with 
the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  that,  at  the  expiration  cf  the 
time  mentioned  in  this  lease,  peaceable  possession  of  the  said 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  189 

premises  shall  be  given  to  the  said  party  of  the  first  part,  in  as 
good  condition  as  they  now  are,  the  usual  wear,  inevitable 
accidents,  loss  by  fire  excepted ;  and  that  upon  the  non-pay- 
ment of  the  whole  or  any  portion  of  the  said  rent  at  the  time 
when  the  same  is  promised  to  be  paid,  the  said  party  of  the 
first  part  may,  at  his  election,  either  distrain  for  said  rent  due, 
or  declare  this  lease  at  an  end,  and  recover  possession  of  said 
premises  as  if  the  same  were  held  by  forcible  detainer,  the 
said  party  of  the  second  part  waiving  any  notice  of  such  elec- 
tion, or  any  demand  for  the  possession  of  said  premises. 

The  covenants  herein  shall  extend  to  and  be  binding  upon 
the  heirs,  executors,  and  administrators  of  the  parties  to  this 
lease. 

Witness  said  parties'  hands  and  seals. 

(Signature  of  Lessor.)  (Seal.) 

(Signature  of  Lessee.)  (Seal.) 


EXERCISE  I  1 6. 
FORM  OK  POWER  OF  ATTORNEY. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents : 

That  I,  Thomas  Gardiner  of  Detroit,  Mich.,  have,  by  these 
presents,  constituted,  made,  and  ordained,  and  in  my  place 
and  stead  substituted  Elmer  Allen  to  be  my  lawful,  sufficient 
and  true  attorney,  and  in  my  name,  place  and  stead  to  [Set 
forth  the  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  the  power  is  given]. 

That  I  hereby  grant  unto  my  said  attorney,  full  authority 
and  power  in  and  about  said  premises,  and  to  use  all  due 
course,  means  and  process  of  law  for  the  complete,  effectual, 
and  full  execution  of  the  business  above  described,  and  for 
said  premises  to  appear  and  me  represent  before  governors, 
justices,  and  ministers  of  law  whomsoever,  in  any  court  or 


190  PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

courts  of  judicature,  and  there,  on  my  behalf,  defend  and 
prosecute  all  actions,  causes,  matters  and  things  whatsoever 
relating  to  the  premises,  and  in  all  premises  make  and  execute 
all  due  acquittances,  discharges,  and  releases. 

That  said  attorney  shall  have  full  authority  and  power  to 
accomplish,  act,  determine,  do,  finish  and  transact  all  matters 
and  things  whatsoever  relating  to  the  premises,  and  in  all 
said  premises  make  and  execute  all  due  acquittances  as  amply, 
effectually,  and  fully  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  as  I,  his  said 
constituent  and  principal,  if  present,  might  or  ought,  although 
said  matters  and  things  should  require  more  special  authority 
than  is  herein  comprised  and  included. 

That  I  hereby  ratify  and  hold  firm  and  valid  all  matters  and 
things  whatsoever  my  said  attorney  or  his  substitutes  may 
lawfully  do  or  cause  to  be  done  in  and  about  said  premises,  br 
virtue  of  these  presents. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  on  this 
2oth  day  of  March,  19 — .  THOMAS  GARDINER. 


TENANT'S  AGREEMENT. 

This  certifies  that  I  have  hired  and  taken  from  Charles  A. 
Chapman,  his  house  and  lot,  No.  68  Farrar  St.,  in  the  city  of 
Detroit,  State  of  Michigan,  with  appurtenances  thereto  be- 
longing, for  one  year,  to  commence  this  day,  at  a  yearly 
rental  of  Eight  Hundred  dollars,  to  be  paid  monthly  in  ad- 
vance, unless  said  house  becomes  untenantable  from  fire  or 
other  causes,  in  which  case  rent  ceases ;  and  I  further  agree  to 
give  and  yield  said  premises  one  year  from  this  first  day  of 
January,  19 — ,  in  as  good  condition  as  now,  ordinary  wear  and 
damage  by  the  elements  excepted. 

Given  under  my  hand  this  day.  JAMES  ASHTON. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  191 

SPECIMEN  OF  LAW  REPORTING. 
PORTION  OF  TESTIMONY  GIVEN  IN  A  PATENT  CASE. 

Northern  District  of  New  York  ) 
County  of  Seneca      j 

Deposition  taken  at  Seneca  Falls,  Seneca  County,  in  said 
district  on  the  gth  of  August,  19 — ,  at  Hoag's  Hotel. 

Present:     W.  W.  Leggett,  of  counsel  for  complainants. 
E.  W.  Paige,  of  counsel  for  defendants. 

Mr.  E.  W.  Paige,  on  part  of  defendants,  introduced,  by  con- 
sent of  counsel  for  complainants,  the  testimony  of  Jacob 
Bachman,  from  the  printed  Ohio  records,  in  the  case  of  John  C. 
Birdsall  against  Angus  McDonald  and  others,  pages  246  to  250 
inclusive. 

Jacob  Bachman,  being  duly  sworn,  says  : 

Q..  Are  you  the  same  Jacob  Bachman  whose  deposition 
has  just  been  read?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q^  In  your  answer  to  Question  n  in  that  deposition,  you 
stated  that  you  saw  Mr.  Feazler  operating  his  combined  ma- 
chine at  Mr.  Hester's  barn,  in  Fayette,  and  you  thought  -it 
was  in  1897.  Can  you  now  fix  that  date  exactly?  A.  To  the 
best  of  my  knowledge,  it  was  in  1896. 

Q.,  At  what  time  in  the  year  of  1896?  A.  I  think  in  De- 
cember. 

Q.,  State  how  you  know  it  was  in  1896?  A.  I  moved  from 
Clifton  Springs  back  to  Fayette  in  the  fall  of  1896,  and  Mr. 
Feazler  had  built  his  machine  that  summer.  I  was  somewhat 
anxious  to  see  it  work.  I  went  there  to  see  it. 

Q^  Where  did  you  live  before  you  went  to  live  at  Clifton 
Springs?  A.  I  lived  in  the  town  of  Fayette. 

Q^  When  did  you  move  to  Clifton  Springs?  A.  In  the 
spring  of  1895. 


192  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

EXERCISE  117. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  193 

Q;,  Where  did  you  live  after  you  left  Clifton  Springs?  A. 
I  lived  in  the  town  of  Fayette. 

Q^  And  when  you  moved  from  Clifton  Springs  you  saw  the 
machine  working  as  described?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.,  What  was  the  machine  threshing  on  that  occasion?  A. 
Clover. 

Q^     How  well  did  it  do  it?     A.     Very  well. 

Q^  Have  you  known  anything  of  the  history  of  this  ma- 
chine since  that  time?  A.  I  have  as  a  wheat  thresher  only. 

Q^  Have  you  known  of  its  use  as  a  clover  thresher  since 
that  time?  A.  By  hearsay  only. 

Cross-examined    by  counsel  for  complainants: 

Q^  Since  you  saw  that  machine  at  work  in  Hosier's  barn, 
have  you  seen  it  thresh  or  hull  clover?  A.  I  could  not  say 
positively  I  have,  but  I  think  I  have:  I  cannot  give  the  place. 

Q.,     Nor  the  time?     A.     No,  sir;  I  couldn't  say  the  time. 

Q^  And  at  the  time  you  saw  it  at  work  in  Hosier's  barn  it  was 
threshing  clover  seed,  was  it?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.,  Are  you  sure  it  was  not  doing  something  else?  A. 
Yes,  I  am  sure  it  was  not  doing  anything  else. 

Qi  You  swear  positively,  then,  do  you,  that  it  was  doing 
nothing  but  threshing  clover  seed?  A.  Yes,  sir,  and  hulling 
it  at  the  same  time. 

Q^  Then  it  was  doing  something  more  than  threshing?  A. 
Threshing  and  hulling  and  cleaning. 

Q^  Please  state  if  you  know  how  clover  was  gathered  at 
that  time  preparatory  to  being  threshed  or  hulled?  A.  Gen- 
erally cut  by  a  reaper  machine,  and  drawn  in  by  wagon  and 
put  into  barn. 

Q^  When  you  gave  your  testimony  in  the  Ohio  cases,  who 
asked  you  to  give  your  testimony  ?  A.  Mr.  Corvvin,  here  in 
town,  came  up  after  me. 

Q±     Did  Mr.  George   Westinghouse   call  upon  you  for  that 


194            PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 
EXERCISE  1 1  7 CONTINUED. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  195 

purpose  at  that  time,  or  at  any  time  prior  to  giving  jour  testi- 
mony? A.  No,  sir;  I  never  saw  the  man  to  my  knowledge  in 
my  life  until  after  I  was  subpenaed. 

Q^  Did  you,  after  you  were  subpenaed  and  before  testify- 
ing, converse  with  him  in  relation  to  the  Feazler  machine  and 
what  you  knew  about  it?  A.  Very  little,  sir,  if  anything;  I 
couldn't  say  that  we  had  any  conversation  relative  to  the  case 
before  testifying. 

Q^  Since  testifying  in  the  Ohio  cases  have  you  conversed 
with  Mr.  George  Westinghouse  relative  to  the  said  date  of  see- 
ing the  Feazler  machine  at  work?  A.  No,  sir,  I  think  not. 

Q..  Do  I  understand  you  to  mean  that  you  have  not?  A.  I 
have  not  seen  the  man  since  the  trial  at  Rochester  before  to- 
day. 

Q^  What  caused  you  to  change  your  mind  as  to  the  time 
you  saw  the  Feazler  machine  at  work?  State  fully.  A.  It 
was  either  in  December,  1896,  I  think  I  said  at  the  other  trial, 
or  in  January,  1897,  I  do  not  think  I  have  changed  my  mind  as 
to  the  date. 

Q^  Then  your  former  testimony  was  correct?  A.  I  be- 
lieve so;  yes,  sir. 

Q^  I  understand  you  that  after  you  moved  to  Fayette  you 
saw  the  Feazler  machine  at  work  in  Hosier's  barn;  about  how 
long  after  you  moved  to  Fayette  was  it  that  you  went  to  see 
the  machine?  A.  I  couldn't  say  positively,  sir;  probably 
three  months. 

Q^  Do  you  recollect  the  month  when  you  went  to  Fayette  ? 
A.  It  was  in  October,  the  first  part  of  it. 

Re-direct  by    Mr.  Paige,  counsel  for  defendants: 

Q^  Have  you  now  any  doubt  of  the  time  when  you  saw  that 
machine  work,  as  you  described  it?  A.  No,  sir. 

Q^  When  was  it?  A.  It  was  either  in  the  month  of  De- 
cember, 1896,  or  in  the  first  part  of  1897,  in  January. 


196  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

Q.,  How  long  is  the  straw  when  clover  is  cut  by  a  reaper 
machine?  A.  That  depends  upon  clover,  if  cut  close  to 
ground,  pretty  much  the  whole  length  of  the  clover. 

Re-cross-examined : 

Q^  Did  you  pay  particular  attention  at  the  time  you  saw 
the  Feazler  machine  working  to  see  how  long  the  straw  was? 
A.  I  did  not  measure  any  of  it :  It  was  of  the  usual  length 
raised  on  that  farm. 

Q^  Will  you  say  positively  that  it  was  two  inches  long 
on  an  average,  or  will  you  swear  positively  that  it  would  aver- 
age any  other  length?  A.  My  best  judgment  would  be  that 
it  would  average  from  twelve  to  fifteen  inches. 


FRAGMENT  OF  A  TRIAL. 

Joseph  Cook,  cross-examined  by  Mr.  Speed : 

Q^     When  were  you  appointed  Inspector?     A.     In  1877. 

Qi  When  were  these  rules  adopted?  A.  I  don't  know 
exactly.  I  can  tell  by  looking  at  our  proceedings. 

Q^     Were  you  present  at  their  adoption?     A.     No,  sir. 

Mr.  Speed — Then  I  object  on  the  ground  that  Mr.  Cook  was 
not  present  at  their  adoption — you  know  personally  nothing 
about  their  adoption,  do  you?  A.  No,  sir. 

Court — Do  you  know  who  adopted  those  rules?  A.  They 
were  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Supervising  Inspectors  of  steam 
vessels,  at  the  city  of  Washington. 

Q^  Were  you  a  member  of  that  board  ?  A.  Not  at  that 
time. 

Q^     You  are  now,  are  you?    A.     Yes,  sir. 

Q.,  How  did  you  get  possession  of  those  rules?  A.  They 
were  sent  me  by  the  Treasury  Department.  They  are  printed 
trom  year  to  year  as  amendments  may  be  made  to  them. 


PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  197 

Q.,  The}'  purport  to  be  printed  by  authority  of  the  Govern- 
ment ? 

Mr.  Speed — No,  sir;  they  are  marked  and  approved  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  and  printed  at  the  Government 
printing  office;  that  is  all. 

Court — Have  you  any  further  questions  to  ask,  Mr.  Russell? 

Mr.  Russell — No,  your  honor. 

Court — Were  these  sent  to  you  for  your  official  guidance  bv 
the  Treasury  Department?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr  Russell — Are  they  in  force  now  and  in  actual  use  upon 
the  lakes?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q^  And  have  been  ever  since  you  have  been  in  office?  A. 
They  were  changed  in  some  parts. 

Q^     Were  they  in  force  on  the  22nd  of  July?     A.     Yes,  sir. 

Q,.,  Were  they  in  use  on  the  lakes  on  the  22nd  of  last  July? 
A.  Yes,  sir.  Objected  to. 

Q.,  Were  they  in  actual  use  and  posted  up  in  every  steam 
vessel  on  the  lakes  to  your  knowledge?  A.  They  were  sup- 
posed to  be. 

Q^  You  are  Supervising  Inspector  of  the  District  in  which 
the  Detroit  river  is  located?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q^  State  whether  so  far  as  in  you  lay  you  enforced  the 
law  at  that  time,  that  these  rules  should  be  set  Up  in  every 
steamboat?  A.  We  endeavored  to.  We  have  generally  dis- 
tributed two  copies  of  the  rules  of  the  Board  of  Supervising 
Inspectors  in  regard  to  lakes  and  seaboard,  to  every  master  of 
a  vessel  sailing  out  of  this  port.  They  sometimes  neglect  to  put 
them  up;  sometimes  they  are  lost  or  destroyed.  But  we 
endeavor  to  have  two  copies  aboard  of  each  boat.: 

Q.,  State  whether  they  are  printed  on  a  large  sheet  of 
paper,  with  a  wooden  frame  covered  with  a  glass  front  and 
put  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  each  steamboat?  A.  No,  sir; 
the  law  does  not  specify  that  they  must  put  them  under  glass. 
But  it  has  been  the  custom  of  smaller  boats  to  put  those 


198  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

printed  rules  up,  and  they  sometimes  just  tack  a  piece  ol 
wood  as  a  frame  all  around  it  and  it  is  set  up  in  the  pilot 
house. 

Q^  Well,  \ve  will  not  stand  on  the  glass,  if  it  is  there.  A. 
The  law  does  not  specify  that  it  shall  be  under  glass. 

Court — The  law  specifies  that  it  must  be  put  up  in  a  con- 
spicuous place?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q^  And  those  were  the  rules  which  it  was  your  duty  to 
distribute  last  season?  A.  It  is  not  exactly  my  duty,  but 
it  is  my  duty  to  see  that  they  are  distributed ;  the  local  In- 
spectors do  that. 

Q^  Were  those  rules  the  rules  which  governed  you  officially 
at  the  time  of  the  collision  between  the  Garland  and  the 
Mamie?  A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q^  You  investigated  it  afterwards?  A.  No.  sir;  the  local 
Inspectors. 

Q^     You  remember  the  event?     A.     Yes,  sir. 

Q^     And  these  rules  were  then  in  force?     A.     Yes,  sir. 

Q^  Governing  you  as  well  as  the  local  Inspectors  and  the 
steamboat  people?  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Speed — Are  the  notes  in  fine  type  considered  any  par* 
of  the  rules?  A.  No,  sir;  they  are  simply  explanatory  o 
the  rules. 

Q^  They  are  not  part  of  the  rules?  A.  No,  sir;  they  are 
explanatory  of  the  rules,  however. 

Q.,  Are  those  the  rules  that  are  applicable  to  the  lakes — 
those  rules  for  western  rivers?  A.  Western  rivers  are 
rivers  flowing  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Q^  And  do  not  apply  to  Detroit  river  at  all?  A.  Do  not 
apply  to  Detroit  river. 

Court — Does  anyone  else  desire  to  object  to  the  rules? 

Mr.  Moore — We  do  not. 

Mr.  Speed— I  have  made  an  objection. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  199 

Court — Rule  three  will  be  admitted,  giving  Mr.  Speed  an 
exception. 

Now,  is  there  anything  you  wish  to  put  in,  in  connection 
with  it?  You  said  Mr.  Canfield,  there  might  be  something 
that  you  would  wish  to  put  in  as  bearing  upon  it. 

Mr.  Canfield — No,  your  honor. 

Mr.  Russell — So  fa»  as  I  am  concerned  I  am  entirely  willing 
that  all  the  rules  and  laws  and  statutes  in  the  world  in  reference 
to  navigation  of  vessels  may  go  in.  I  use  that  in  a  figurative 
sense ;  I  mean  all  that  these  gentlemen  want  to  see. 

Court — Mr.  Canfield,  you  can  look  them  over,  and  if  there 
°s  anything  you  wish  to  offer  bearing  upon  the  subject,  it  will 
be  admitted. 

And  thereupon  the  plaintiff  rested  his  case. 

Mr.  Speed — Your  honor,  I  desire  to  renew  the  motion  I 
made  yesterday. 

Court — Do  you  mean  in  regard  to  the  Garland  ? 

Mr.  Speed — Yes,  sir. 

Court — It  will  be  overruled  as  it  was  yesterday. 

Mr.  Speed — I  would  suggest  this  course  for  the  purpose  of 
your  honor  considering  it,  that  these  gentlemen  go  on  with 
their  defense.  It  would  be  obviously  unjust  to  them  that  I 
should  put  in  part  of  my  defense  if  your  honor  should  conclude 
that  I  should  not  go  on. 

Mr.  Canfield — I  wish  to  state,  for  the  purpose  of  explaining 
our  views  in  regard  to  that,  and  also  for  the  purpose  of  saving 
the  point  upon  the  record,  that  we  shall  object  to  any  evidence 
offered  on  the  part  of  the  Garland  which  has  any  tendency  to 
implicate  the  Mamie. 

The  Garland  has  a  plea  of  the  general  issue.  Your  honor 
will  see  the  danger  to  the  defendants. in  allowing  the  defend- 
ants represented  by  Mr.  Speed  to  go  into  the  general  issue, 
for  the  purpose  of  proving  faults  which  are  not  alleged,  of 
which  we  are  not  apprised  in  any  way,  against  the  other  de- 


200  PKRNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY. 

fendants.  It  would  be  equally  unfair,  may  it  please  your 
honor,  I  suggest,  and  dangerous  to  the  other  defendants,  to 
call  upon  them  to  go  forward.  Their  witnesses  are  in  court, 
I  will  suppose,  that  you  are  about  to  stand.  Now,  all  that 
could  be  acquired  would  be  to  make  the  case  made  by  the 
plaintiff. 

If  your  honor  shall  hold  that  Mr.  Spaed's  objection  is  not 
well  taken,  and  that  he  must  stand  his  trial  here,  then  these 
witnesses  should  have  already  been  sworn,  and  sworn  to 
another  point  than  what  we  are  now  legally  bound  to  meet.  I 
say  we  shall  either  be  compelled  to  recall  those  witnesses,  or 
compelled  to  go  on  and  try  an  entirely  different  case  from  what 
is  made  here;  and  therefore  we  think  it  is  our  duty  to  object  to 
the  proceeding  in  order  that  we  may  save  our  legal  rights  in  the 
case. 

After  considerable  discussion  by  counsel  Mr.  Dickinson 
moves  to  strike  out  all  the  testimony,  as  not  tending  to  show 
any  responsibility  of  the  owners  of  the  Mamie;  as  not  showing 
that  she  was  a  common  carrier,  and  bound  to  exercise  the 
degree  of  diligence  required ;  that  she  is  not  charged  as  a 
common  carrier ;  that  it  is  not  shown  that  she  was  guilty  of 
any  negligence;  and  that  none  of  the  evidence  tends  to  estab- 
lish the  case  made  by  the  declaration. 

Mr.  Dickinson  also  asks  the  Court  to  direct  a  verdict  in  favor 
of  the  Mamie. 

In  case  this  request  should  not  be  granted,  and  the  motion 
to  strike  out  the  testimony  be  overruled,  Mr.  Dickinson  claims 
the  right  to  go  to  the  jury  upon  the  testimony  already  in  and 
before  any  further  testimony  shall  have  been  offered. 

Pending  the  consideration  of  the  questions  raised  by  counsel 
the  Court  adjourns. 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  2OI 

USE  OF  PUNCTUATION  MARKS. 

A  knowledge  of  punctuation  is  of  the  utmost  importance 
to  the  stenographer,  and  yet  few  students  of  the  art  possess 
that  knowledge.  To  overcome  this  difficulty,  we  have  sub- 
joined a  few  simple  rules,  which  we  would  advise  learners 
to  thoroughly  commit  to  memory.  The  best  way  to  fix 
them  in  the  mind,  is  to  use  the  article  as  a  shorthand  writ- 
ing exercise,  and  to  practice  upon  it  in  that  way,  until  the 
rules  can  be  remembered  and  applied  without  hesitation. 

The  COMMA  (,)  divides  qualifying  words  and  also  clauses 
of  sentences.  It  is  used  where  "and"  is  omitted;  as,  "A 
tall,  dark,  foreign-looking  man."  " If  e  intended  going,  but 
changed  his  mind."  "If  I  were  you,  however,  I  would  go, 
as  they  will  expect  you.'1  It  divides  figures  into  groups  of 
three,  or  thousands;  as,  "pj, 000,000  miles  to  the  sun." 
It  is  used  before  brief  quotations;  as,  "The  prisoner 
shouted,  'JTold  up  your  hands. '  ' 

The  SEMICOLON  (;)  is  used  to  separate  different  parts  of 
a  sentence  not  closely  connected,  or  long  clauses  having 
commas  in  them. 

The  COLON  (:)  signifies  that  something  is  to  follow — 
generally  a  quotation;  as,  "The  ancients  had  this  maxim: 
'Know  thyself. '  '  '  'An  earnest  student  will  act  as  follows: 
He  will  procure  a  note-book,  etc. ' '  ' '  To  the  Editor  of  the 
New  York  Times:" 

The  PERIOD,  or  full  stop  (.),  closes  complete  sentences, 
no  matter  of  what  brevity  or  length;  as,  "Fear  God.  Let 
all  your  aims  be  pure.  Dare  to  do  right."  It  follows  ab- 

15 


202  PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

breviations;  as,  "M.  Z>."  "Rt.  Rev.  Dr."  "A  bit  mile 
of  MSS. "  It  separates  dollars  and  cents  and  other  deci- 
mals; as,  "$20.00,  $17.25."  "The  ratio  is  .79  to  7.15" 
Where  classes  or  groups  are  designated  by  A,  B,  C,  etc., 
no  period  is  used,  as  these  are  not  abbreviations;  as,  '  'He 
enlisted  in  Co.  C,  but  soon  afterwards  deserted. ' ' 

The  DASH  (• — )  follows  a  broken  sentence;  as,  "Will  you 
not  declare —  but  I  appeal  in  vain. ' '  It  supplies  omitted 
letters  in  names;  as,  ' '  The  town  of  B — . "  "Susie  L — 's 
diary.1'1  It  connects  phrases  with  a  common  predicate;  as, 
' '  To  live,  to  die,  to  be  buried — this  is  the  common  lot. ' ' 

The  INTERROGATION  (?)  signifies  a  question  asked;  as, 
"How?"  "What  say  you?"  "Can  one  expect  progress 
without  application?'1 ' 

The  EXCLAMATION  (!)  follows  ejaculations;  as,  "Ah!" 
'  ''Dear  mef '  '  'A/as,  that  I  was  so  blinded! ' '  '  'Hurrah 
for  Cleveland! ' ' 

The  HYPHEN  (-)  joins  compounded  words;  as,  "Deer- 
stalker." "A  rose-colored  view."  " Pan-Handle  Rail- 
road. "  "A  what-  care- 1  air. ' ' 

PARENTHESES  (  )  inclose  words  or  clauses  which  might 
have  been  omitted  without  destroying  the  sense;  as,  "Poor 
people  (and  they  are  numerous]  were  objects  of  pity  to  him. ' ' 
"He  wore  a  bright  (though  ragged}  jacket." 

BRACKETS  [  ]  are  to  be  distinguished  from  parentheses. 
They  signify  something  outside  of  the  author's  words  is 
added;  as,  "The  following  premises,  to-wit  \Kere  describe 
the  property  .~\"  His  authority  \_Cootey]  is  silent  on  this 
point. ' ' 


PERNIN  S    UNIVERSAL    PHONOGRAPHY.  2OJ 

CAPITAL  LETTERS. 

The  following  should  begin  with  capital  letters: 

Names  of  persons  and  places;  as,    "John,    New  York.'"' 

Adjectives  from  proper  names;  as,  ' '  Christian,  Roman, 
American." 

The  first  word  of  a  direct  quotation;  as,  "He  exclaimed: 
'This  man  has  wounded  me.1  "  If  the  quotation  is  indirect, 
a  capital  is  not  used;  as,  "He  cried  out  that  the  man  had 
wounded  him." 

The  first  word  of  every  sentence;  and  of  every  line  of 
vcr^e,  except  where  one  measure  is  run  over  to  the  next  line. 

All  addresses;  as,  "Mr.  President,"  "My  dear  Sir -," 
'  'Dear  Sirs, "  "  Gentlemen. ' ' 

Official  titles  before  the  person's  name;  as,  "Gov. 
Andrew,  President  Cleveland,  Dictator  Lopez,  Aid. 
Smith. ' ' 

The  important  words  in  titles  of  books;  as,  "A  Sym- 
posium of  Comic  Cuttings,  from  the  French  of  M.  Phunni, 
by  a  Lover  of  Laughter." 

Names  of  memorial  days;  as,  "Independence  Day. ' '  Freed- 
men' s  Day."  "Decoration  Day.1' 

The  pronoun  "I"  and  the  invocation  sign  "O"  are 
written  in  capital  letters. 

NOTE. — Many  writers  confound  "O"  with  the  interjection 
"Oh."  The  former  is  never  properly  used  except  as  a  sign  of 
invocation,  as :  "OLord!"  ^O  King,  live  forever!"  "O 
gracious  Providence."  The  latter  is  an  exclamation  of  emotion 
or  passion,  as:  Oh,  do  not  leave  me  I"  "Oh,  could  I  see  you!'' 


INDEX 


PAGE 

PREFACE vn 

INTRODUCTION .        x 

ADVICE  TO  LEARNERS xvn 

ALPHABET 3 

INTRODUCTORY  INSTRUCTIONS 4 

Proportions 4 

Phonetic  Spelling 5 

LESSON  1 6 

Consonants,  p,  b,  k,  g. 

Vowels,  a,  a,  6,  I,  u. 
LESSON  II 12 

Consonants,  t,  d,  f,  v,  r,  1,  h,  th. 

Vowels,  6b,  w;  do,  u. 
LESSON  III 22 

Consonants,  m,  n. 

Vowels,  a,  e,  e,  I. 
LESSON   IV 33 

Consonants,  s,  z;   sh,  zh;   j,  ch. 

Diphthongs,  ow,  oi.     Nasals,   ng,  ing. 
LESSON  V 39 

Combinations,  an ;  em,  im ;  en,  in ;  om,  um ;  on,  un. 
LESSON  VI 44 

Combined  Consonants;  Short  u  indicated. 
LESSON  VII 71 

Omission  of  Signs;   Lengthened  Signs ;   Joined 
Words;  Numerals. 


206         PERNIN'S  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

PAGE 

LESSON  VIII 81 

Prefixes. 
LESSON  IX 93 

Suffixes. 
LESSON  X 101 

Contraction  by  Proximity. 

ALPHABETICALLY. 

A,  long 24 

Diagrams 24,  25 

Abbreviations,   how   written,   Rule  6 103 

"  common 138 

Advertisements 211-214 

Advice  to  Learners xvi  i 

Alphabet 3 

Alphabetic  Practice 7 

Outlines 8,   13,  23 

AN,  Combination 39 

Be  Determined,  Exercise  99 108 

Business  Letters 107,   139-157 

"  "       Shorthand  Keys 106,   140-150 

Capital  Letters,  use  of 203 

Circles,  position  of 9,  14 

Joined  to  Horizontals  . 14 

"         Horizontal  Curves 33 

M,  N 23 

' '         medially 14 

"         up  Strokes 15 

' '         down  Strokes 9 

Combined  Consonants 45 

Compound  Words,  Contracted  on,  Rule  2 103 

Contraction  by  Proximity 101 

Rules  for 103 

Contraction,  indicated  with  Punctuation  Marks 103 


INDEX.  207 

PAGE 

Declaration  of  Independence,  Exercise  105 168 

Detached  Selections,  Exercise  107 174 

Dickens  as  a  Shorthand  Writer,  Exercise  103 163 

E,  Long 27 

E,  Long,  how  joined 27 

E,  Short 27 

EN,  IN,  Combination 40 

Final  short  i,  how  distinguished  from  long  a 26 

Final  y,  or  short  i,  how  traced 29 

Form  of  Assignment,  Exercise  112 187 

Form  of  Will,  Exercise  in 185 

Form  of  Lease,  Exercise  113 188 

Form  of  Power  of  Attorney,  Exercise  114 189 

General  Reading  and  Writing  Exercises  covering 

simple  Principles 58 

Half  Circles,  how  joined 22 

I,  Short 25,  26 

IN,  Word-sign 42 

ING,  how  indicated 104 

Initial  short  i,  how  traced 25 

Initial  long  a,  how  distinguished  from  short  i 26 

Introduction x 

J-  CH 34 

Joined  words 74 

"           "     ,  not  Contracted  on,  Rule  3 103 

Law  Reporting,  specimen  of 191-200 

Legal  Terms  and  Phrases 178 

Lengthened  Signs 73 

Lineality 10 

M,  N 23 

Memory  Aids 7,   12,  22 

NG,   ING    35 

Numerals 79 

Oi 36 


K>8        PERNINS  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY. 

PAGE 

OM,  UM 41 

Omission  of  Signs 71 

ON,  UN 41 

On,  word-sign 42 

Oo,  u ;  oo,  u 17 

Oo,  u,  Contraction,  how  indicated..    10.4 

Ow 36 

Partnership  Agreement,  Exercise  109 181 

Phonetic  Spelling 5 

Phrases,  common 122 

"         miscellaneous 126 

Phrasing 115 

Phrasing,  Rules  for 120 

Plurals,  how  formed 55 

Plurals  of  Contracted  Words,  how  indicated 103 

Preface vn 

Prefixes 81 

"      ,  compound 88 

4 '       ,  joined 85 

Preterit  tense,   how  formed 55 

Proper  names,  how  written 112 

Proportionate  Length  of  Signs 4 

Punctuation,  Shorthand 113 

"             Print  201 

R,  L 15 

R,  L,  how  joined 15 

R  Rule,  omission  of  r 16 

Repetition,   Sign  of 80 

Reviews n,  21,  32,  38,  43,  70,  80,  114 

S,  z 34 

SH,  ZH 34 

Short  Vowels  omitted 28 

Short  Vowels,  suppression  of. 44 

Slant  of  Signs 4 


INDEX.  209 

PAGE 

Speed,  how  to  gain 158 

Study  Outlines 5,9 

Suffixes,  compound 94 

"       ,  joined 93 

Sus,  how  written  before  p,  k ;  used  before  t,  d 73 

T,  D,  TH 14 

T,  D,  how  joined 14 

Table  of  Proportions 4 

Tenant's  Agreement,   Exercise  115 190 

u,  how  indicated 57 

WH,  how  written 14 

Word-Signs.. .  .11,  18,  22,  37,  42,  55,  76,  91,  99,  [05,  128,  178 

"         "     ,  joined 18 

"         "     ,  use  of  Familiar 72 

"         "     ,  used  in  the  Formation  of  Longer 

Words. 131-137 

X,  how  written 46 

Y  as  a  vowel 29 


PERNIN  Shorthand 


Text  Books 


Pernin's  Universal  Phonography. 

Revised  Edition.  Contains  the  complete  system  with  extensive 
drill  upon  Business  Letters,  Speeches  and  Court  Work.  For  schools 
and  self-study.  Extra  Cloth,  $2.00 

Simplest,  Most  Legible  and  Rapid  of  all  Shorthands. 
Pernin's  Phonographic  Instructor. 

PART  I,  of  UNIVERSAL  PHONOGRAPHY.  Containing  Elementary  Prin- 
ciples and  Exercises.  Linen,  5oc 

Pernin's  Phrase  Book. 

For  teachers,  reporters,  amanuenses,  students.  It  contains  3,000  en- 
graved phrase  outlines,  with  guide  to  the  formation  of  more  than 
50,000  phrases  in  common  use.  Also,  all  authorized  Word  Signs, 
and  a  list  of  Abbreviations  Used  in  Writing  and  Printing,  with  short- 
hand outlines.  Vest  pocket  size,  75C 

Peruin's  Dictation  Book. 

A  compilation  of  actual  dictated  letters,  covering  all  departments 
of  Commercial  work.  Conceded  to  be  the  best  book  of  its  kind  pub- 
lished. For  schools  and  students.  Cloth,  154  pages,  500 

Pernin's  Dictation  Book  in  Shorthand. 

A  complete  shorthand  key  of  all  letters  contained  in  the  Pernin  Dic- 
tation Book,  reporting  style.  Furnishes  splendid  shorthand  reading 
matter.  Cloth,  Si.oo 

The  Pernin  Stenographer. 

O(  general  interest  to  all  shorthand  writers,  and  of  special  interest  to 
teachers  and  students.  Si.oo 

Pernin's  Reading  and  "Writing  Bxercises  No.  1. 

Reporting  Style,  with  printed  key.  Z,inen,  50C 

"A  Message  to  Garcia." 

In  Pernin's  Universal  Phonography,  reporting  style,  16  pp.,        isc 


THE   PERNIN  PUBLISHING  CO., 

DETROIT,  MICH. 

Special  Discount  to  Schools  and  Certificated  Teachers. 


PERNIN'S  MONTHLY  STENOGRAPHER 


IS    INVALUABLE    TO 


Teachers,  Writers  and  Students  of  Pernin's 
Universal  Phonography. 


Each  number  contains  several  pages  of  Shorthand 
in  Corresponding  and  Reporting  styles  prepared  by 
the  author,  matter  for  dictation,  advice  by  the  author, 
teachers  and  practical  stenographers,  together  with 
news  and  miscellaneous  matter  pertaining  to  the  pro- 
fession, besides  a  full  course  of  lessons. 

You  cannot  afford  to  be  without  it.     Subscribe  Now. 

ONE  DOLLAR  PER  YEAR 


PERNIN'S  BUSINESS  DICTATION  BOOK. 


A  compilation  of  actual  business  letters,  comprising 
specimens  of  correspondence  of  the  leading  industries 
furnishing  employment  to  stenographers. 

The  familiarity  with  the  technical  terms  used  in  the 
several  branches  of  business  represented,  gained  while 
taking  dictation  as  a  student,  will  give  the  beginner 
the  proficiency  which  it  usually  takes  months  of  office 
experience  to  acquire. 

A  Book  for  Teachers,  Stenographers  and  Students. 
Price,  5oc.  Pernin's  Stenographer  and  Dictation 
Book,  $1.40. 

Address  all  orders  to 

THE  PERNIN  PUBLISHING  CO., 

DETROIT,    MICHIGAN. 


PERNIN 


PI 


RASE  BOOK 


CONTAINS 

3000    phrases, 

also    all    the    authorized    word 
signs  employed  in  the  method. 


A  Book  for  students, 

Stenographers, 
Teachers. 


It  will  assist  the  student  in 
gaining  speed ;  the  stenographer 
in  increasing  efficiency,  and  the 
teacher  in  increasing  teaching 
power.  <£  &  «£t  Jt 


Cloth,  v<tret  Price  75  cts. 

THE  PERNIN  PUBLISHING  CO., 

PrBIylSHERS, 

DETROIT,  -  MICH. 


SHORTHAND  BY  MAIL. 

This  department  was  instituted  several  years  ago  for  the  pur- 
pose of  aiding  those  desirous  of  acquiring' the  art  of  shorthand, 
but  who  were  unable  to  secure  good  personal  instruction,  and 
from  the  first,  its  success  has  surpassed  the  most  sanguine  expec- 
tations. Hundreds  of  young  men  and  women,  while  pursuing 
ordinary  avocations  at  home,  have  been  fitted  through  this  means 
for  practical  stenographic  work,  and  now  hold  excellent  situa- 
tions. Judges,  l,awyers,  Clergymen,  Doctors,  Merchants,  Teach- 
ers, and,  indeed,  very  nearly  all  professions  and  callings  wherein 
shorthand  would  be  of  value  for  note-taking  are  represented  in 
our  list  of  students,  and  all  have  found  the  art  thus  acquired  of 
the  greatest  assistance  in  their  special  line  of  work.  These  stu- 
dents are  to  be  found  not  only  in  every  state  in  the  Union,  but  in 
Canada  and  in  foreign  countries  as  well.  With  this  simple  short- 
hand, lessons  by  mail  properlv  given,  are  an  assured  success. 
This  line  of  work  is  in  charge  of  the  author  and  trained  assistants. 


A  Few  of  Many  SimiEar  Testimonials. 

It  affords  me  pleasure  to  be  able  to  speak  in  terms  of  praise  of  the  merits 
of  the  Pernin  system  of  shorthand,  and  the  entire  practicability  of  studying 
and  mastering  the  same  by  means  of  instruction  by  mail.  There  are  hosts 
of  young  people  throughout  our  country  who  should  take  advantage  of 
such  an  opportunity.— C.  H.  DIETRICH,  Supt.  Public  Schools,  Hopkinsville, 
Ky. 

As  a  student  by  mail,  I  desire  to  say  that  I  am  more  than  pleased  with 
your  system  of  shorthand  and  your  method  of  teaching  it  by  mail.  I 
would  cheerfully  recommend  it  to  a/7,  and  especially  to  those  who  desire 
to  learn  "shorthand  by  mail,"  as  1  know  it  will  give  them  full  satisfac- 
tion.—  GILBERT  LA  Du,  Clerk  of  District  Court,  Lisbon,  N.  D. 

I  wish  to  say  that  I  can  speak  from  personal  experience  of  the  Pernin 
phonography.  I  found  it  easy  to  learn  and  very  useful  in  writing  sermons 
and  taking  notes.  It  gives  me  pleasure  to  recommend  your  system  of  in- 
struction by  mail  and  your  method  of  conducting  it. —  REV.  GEO.  BAKER, 
Tupperville,  Ont. 

Your  manner  of  conducting  your  "  Shorthand  by  Mail  "  department  is 
calculated  to  give  satisfaction,  I  think,  in  every  case;  and  I  know  from  ex- 
perience that  it  is  thoroughly  practical.  I  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend 
your  method  of  teaching  by  mail,  and  to  advise  those  who  are  unable  to 
secure  personal  instruction  to  take  advantage  of  the  mail  course. —  PROF. 
WILLIAM  ENGLISH,  Collax,  Wash. 

Such  knowledge  as  I  have  of  shorthand  I  gained  from  your  "  Lessons  by 
Mail,"  with  no  other  help  except  some  dictation,  and  with  the  knowledge 
thus  gained  I  have  been  able  to  hold,  for  more  than  a  year,  a  position  as 
stenographer  in  the  office  of  one  of  the  foremost  law  firms  in  this  city. 
With  an  intelligent  and  industrious  pupil  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  result  of 
a  mail  course  from  yourself.  The  result  will  be  success. —  Miss  M.  C. 
CUMMINGS,  Stenographer  for  Henderson  &  Journolmon,  Knoxville,  Term. 

For  further  particulars,  address 

THE    PERNIN   INSTITUTE, 

Detroit,  Mich. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


NOV  2H961 


&  ocuiBj 


Form  L9-25m-9,'47(A5618)444 


UNIVERSITY  of  CALIFORNIA 

AT 

LOS  ANGELES 
LIBRARY 


A    000  573  603     8 


